summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/1059-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/1059-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/1059-0.txt7234
1 files changed, 7234 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/1059-0.txt b/old/1059-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09a6920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/1059-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7234 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of The World Set Free, by Herbert George Wells
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
+will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
+using this eBook.
+
+Title: The World Set Free
+ A Story of Mankind
+
+Author: Herbert George Wells
+
+Release Date: October, 1997 [eBook #1059]
+[Most recently updated: November 24, 2022]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+Produced by: Charles Keller and David Widger
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WORLD SET FREE ***
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+The World Set Free
+
+by H.G. Wells
+
+
+We Are All Things That Make And Pass,
+Striving Upon A Hidden Mission,
+Out To The Open Sea.
+
+TO
+Frederick Soddy’s
+‘Interpretation Of Radium’
+This Story,
+Which Owes Long Passages
+To The Eleventh Chapter Of That Book,
+Acknowledges And Inscribes Itself
+
+
+Contents
+
+ PREFACE
+ PRELUDE. THE SUN SNARERS
+ CHAPTER THE FIRST. THE NEW SOURCE OF ENERGY
+ CHAPTER THE SECOND. THE LAST WAR
+ CHAPTER THE THIRD. THE ENDING OF WAR
+ CHAPTER THE FOURTH. THE NEW PHASE
+ CHAPTER THE FIFTH. THE LAST DAYS OF MARCUS KARENIN
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+_The World Set Free_ was written in 1913 and published early in 1914,
+and it is the latest of a series of three fantasias of possibility,
+stories which all turn on the possible developments in the future of
+some contemporary force or group of forces. _The World Set Free_ was
+written under the immediate shadow of the Great War. Every intelligent
+person in the world felt that disaster was impending and knew no way of
+averting it, but few of us realised in the earlier half of 1914 how
+near the crash was to us. The reader will be amused to find that here
+it is put off until the year 1956. He may naturally want to know the
+reason for what will seem now a quite extraordinary delay. As a
+prophet, the author must confess he has always been inclined to be
+rather a slow prophet. The war aeroplane in the world of reality, for
+example, beat the forecast in _Anticipations_ by about twenty years or
+so. I suppose a desire not to shock the sceptical reader’s sense of use
+and wont and perhaps a less creditable disposition to hedge, have
+something to do with this dating forward of one’s main events, but in
+the particular case of _The World Set Free_ there was, I think, another
+motive in holding the Great War back, and that was to allow the chemist
+to get well forward with his discovery of the release of atomic energy.
+1956—or for that matter 2056—may be none too late for that crowning
+revolution in human potentialities. And apart from this procrastination
+of over forty years, the guess at the opening phase of the war was
+fairly lucky; the forecast of an alliance of the Central Empires, the
+opening campaign through the Netherlands, and the despatch of the
+British Expeditionary Force were all justified before the book had been
+published six months. And the opening section of Chapter the Second
+remains now, after the reality has happened, a fairly adequate
+diagnosis of the essentials of the matter. One happy hit (in Chapter
+the Second, Section 2), on which the writer may congratulate himself,
+is the forecast that under modern conditions it would be quite
+impossible for any great general to emerge to supremacy and concentrate
+the enthusiasm of the armies of either side. There could be no
+Alexanders or Napoleons. And we soon heard the scientific corps
+muttering, ‘These old fools,’ exactly as it is here foretold.
+
+These, however, are small details, and the misses in the story far
+outnumber the hits. It is the main thesis which is still of interest
+now; the thesis that because of the development of scientific
+knowledge, separate sovereign states and separate sovereign empires are
+no longer possible in the world, that to attempt to keep on with the
+old system is to heap disaster upon disaster for mankind and perhaps to
+destroy our race altogether. The remaining interest of this book now is
+the sustained validity of this thesis and the discussion of the
+possible ending of war on the earth. I have supposed a sort of epidemic
+of sanity to break out among the rulers of states and the leaders of
+mankind. I have represented the native common sense of the French mind
+and of the English mind—for manifestly King Egbert is meant to be
+‘God’s Englishman’—leading mankind towards a bold and resolute effort
+of salvage and reconstruction. Instead of which, as the school book
+footnotes say, compare to-day’s newspaper. Instead of a frank and
+honourable gathering of leading men, Englishman meeting German and
+Frenchman Russian, brothers in their offences and in their disaster,
+upon the hills of Brissago, beheld in Geneva at the other end of
+Switzerland a poor little League of (Allied) Nations (excluding the
+United States, Russia, and most of the ‘subject peoples’ of the world),
+meeting obscurely amidst a world-wide disregard to make impotent
+gestures at the leading problems of the debacle. Either the disaster
+has not been vast enough yet or it has not been swift enough to inflict
+the necessary moral shock and achieve the necessary moral revulsion.
+Just as the world of 1913 was used to an increasing prosperity and
+thought that increase would go on for ever, so now it would seem the
+world is growing accustomed to a steady glide towards social
+disintegration, and thinks that that too can go on continually and
+never come to a final bump. So soon do use and wont establish
+themselves, and the most flaming and thunderous of lessons pale into
+disregard.
+
+The question whether a Leblanc is still possible, the question whether
+it is still possible to bring about an outbreak of creative sanity in
+mankind, to avert this steady glide to destruction, is now one of the
+most urgent in the world. It is clear that the writer is
+temperamentally disposed to hope that there is such a possibility. But
+he has to confess that he sees few signs of any such breadth of
+understanding and steadfastness of will as an effectual effort to turn
+the rush of human affairs demands. The inertia of dead ideas and old
+institutions carries us on towards the rapids. Only in one direction is
+there any plain recognition of the idea of a human commonweal as
+something overriding any national and patriotic consideration, and that
+is in the working class movement throughout the world. And labour
+internationalism is closely bound up with conceptions of a profound
+social revolution. If world peace is to be attained through labour
+internationalism, it will have to be attained at the price of the
+completest social and economic reconstruction and by passing through a
+phase of revolution that will certainly be violent, that may be very
+bloody, which may be prolonged through a long period, and may in the
+end fail to achieve anything but social destruction. Nevertheless, the
+fact remains that it is in the labour class, and the labour class
+alone, that any conception of a world rule and a world peace has so far
+appeared. The dream of _The World Set Free_, a dream of highly educated
+and highly favoured leading and ruling men, voluntarily setting
+themselves to the task of reshaping the world, has thus far remained a
+dream.
+
+H. G. WELLS.
+
+EASTON GLEBE, DUNMOW, 1921.
+
+
+
+
+PRELUDE
+THE SUN SNARERS
+
+
+Section I
+
+The history of mankind is the history of the attainment of external
+power. Man is the tool-using, fire-making animal. From the outset of
+his terrestrial career we find him supplementing the natural strength
+and bodily weapons of a beast by the heat of burning and the rough
+implement of stone. So he passed beyond the ape. From that he expands.
+Presently he added to himself the power of the horse and the ox, he
+borrowed the carrying strength of water and the driving force of the
+wind, he quickened his fire by blowing, and his simple tools, pointed
+first with copper and then with iron, increased and varied and became
+more elaborate and efficient. He sheltered his heat in houses and made
+his way easier by paths and roads. He complicated his social
+relationships and increased his efficiency by the division of labour.
+He began to store up knowledge. Contrivance followed contrivance, each
+making it possible for a man to do more. Always down the lengthening
+record, save for a set-back ever and again, he is doing more.... A
+quarter of a million years ago the utmost man was a savage, a being
+scarcely articulate, sheltering in holes in the rocks, armed with a
+rough-hewn flint or a fire-pointed stick, naked, living in small family
+groups, killed by some younger man so soon as his first virile activity
+declined. Over most of the great wildernesses of earth you would have
+sought him in vain; only in a few temperate and sub-tropical river
+valleys would you have found the squatting lairs of his little herds, a
+male, a few females, a child or so.
+
+He knew no future then, no kind of life except the life he led. He fled
+the cave-bear over the rocks full of iron ore and the promise of sword
+and spear; he froze to death upon a ledge of coal; he drank water muddy
+with the clay that would one day make cups of porcelain; he chewed the
+ear of wild wheat he had plucked and gazed with a dim speculation in
+his eyes at the birds that soared beyond his reach. Or suddenly he
+became aware of the scent of another male and rose up roaring, his
+roars the formless precursors of moral admonitions. For he was a great
+individualist, that original, he suffered none other than himself.
+
+So through the long generations, this heavy precursor, this ancestor of
+all of us, fought and bred and perished, changing almost imperceptibly.
+
+Yet he changed. That keen chisel of necessity which sharpened the
+tiger’s claw age by age and fined down the clumsy Orchippus to the
+swift grace of the horse, was at work upon him—is at work upon him
+still. The clumsier and more stupidly fierce among him were killed
+soonest and oftenest; the finer hand, the quicker eye, the bigger
+brain, the better balanced body prevailed; age by age, the implements
+were a little better made, the man a little more delicately adjusted to
+his possibilities. He became more social; his herd grew larger; no
+longer did each man kill or drive out his growing sons; a system of
+taboos made them tolerable to him, and they revered him alive and soon
+even after he was dead, and were his allies against the beasts and the
+rest of mankind. (But they were forbidden to touch the women of the
+tribe, they had to go out and capture women for themselves, and each
+son fled from his stepmother and hid from her lest the anger of the Old
+Man should be roused. All the world over, even to this day, these
+ancient inevitable taboos can be traced.) And now instead of caves came
+huts and hovels, and the fire was better tended and there were
+wrappings and garments; and so aided, the creature spread into colder
+climates, carrying food with him, storing food—until sometimes the
+neglected grass-seed sprouted again and gave a first hint of
+agriculture.
+
+And already there were the beginnings of leisure and thought.
+
+Man began to think. There were times when he was fed, when his lusts
+and his fears were all appeased, when the sun shone upon the
+squatting-place and dim stirrings of speculation lit his eyes. He
+scratched upon a bone and found resemblance and pursued it and began
+pictorial art, moulded the soft, warm clay of the river brink between
+his fingers, and found a pleasure in its patternings and repetitions,
+shaped it into the form of vessels, and found that it would hold water.
+He watched the streaming river, and wondered from what bountiful breast
+this incessant water came; he blinked at the sun and dreamt that
+perhaps he might snare it and spear it as it went down to its
+resting-place amidst the distant hills. Then he was roused to convey to
+his brother that once indeed he had done so—at least that some one had
+done so—he mixed that perhaps with another dream almost as daring, that
+one day a mammoth had been beset; and therewith began fiction—pointing
+a way to achievement—and the august prophetic procession of tales.
+
+For scores and hundreds of centuries, for myriads of generations that
+life of our fathers went on. From the beginning to the ripening of that
+phase of human life, from the first clumsy eolith of rudely chipped
+flint to the first implements of polished stone, was two or three
+thousand centuries, ten or fifteen thousand generations. So slowly, by
+human standards, did humanity gather itself together out of the dim
+intimations of the beast. And that first glimmering of speculation,
+that first story of achievement, that story-teller bright-eyed and
+flushed under his matted hair, gesticulating to his gaping, incredulous
+listener, gripping his wrist to keep him attentive, was the most
+marvellous beginning this world has ever seen. It doomed the mammoths,
+and it began the setting of that snare that shall catch the sun.
+
+Section 2
+
+That dream was but a moment in a man’s life, whose proper business it
+seemed was to get food and kill his fellows and beget after the manner
+of all that belongs to the fellowship of the beasts. About him, hidden
+from him by the thinnest of veils, were the untouched sources of Power,
+whose magnitude we scarcely do more than suspect even to-day, Power
+that could make his every conceivable dream come real. But the feet of
+the race were in the way of it, though he died blindly unknowing.
+
+At last, in the generous levels of warm river valleys, where food is
+abundant and life very easy, the emerging human overcoming his earlier
+jealousies, becoming, as necessity persecuted him less urgently, more
+social and tolerant and amenable, achieved a larger community. There
+began a division of labour, certain of the older men specialised in
+knowledge and direction, a strong man took the fatherly leadership in
+war, and priest and king began to develop their _rôles_ in the opening
+drama of man’s history. The priest’s solicitude was seed-time and
+harvest and fertility, and the king ruled peace and war. In a hundred
+river valleys about the warm, temperate zone of the earth there were
+already towns and temples, a score of thousand years ago. They
+flourished unrecorded, ignoring the past and unsuspicious of the
+future, for as yet writing had still to begin.
+
+Very slowly did man increase his demand upon the illimitable wealth of
+Power that offered itself on every hand to him. He tamed certain
+animals, he developed his primordially haphazard agriculture into a
+ritual, he added first one metal to his resources and then another,
+until he had copper and tin and iron and lead and gold and silver to
+supplement his stone, he hewed and carved wood, made pottery, paddled
+down his river until he came to the sea, discovered the wheel and made
+the first roads. But his chief activity for a hundred centuries and
+more, was the subjugation of himself and others to larger and larger
+societies. The history of man is not simply the conquest of external
+power; it is first the conquest of those distrusts and fiercenesses,
+that self-concentration and intensity of animalism, that tie his hands
+from taking his inheritance. The ape in us still resents association.
+From the dawn of the age of polished stone to the achievement of the
+Peace of the World, man’s dealings were chiefly with himself and his
+fellow man, trading, bargaining, law-making, propitiating, enslaving,
+conquering, exterminating, and every little increment in Power, he
+turned at once and always turns to the purposes of this confused
+elaborate struggle to socialise. To incorporate and comprehend his
+fellow men into a community of purpose became the last and greatest of
+his instincts. Already before the last polished phase of the stone age
+was over he had become a political animal. He made astonishingly
+far-reaching discoveries within himself, first of counting and then of
+writing and making records, and with that his town communities began to
+stretch out to dominion; in the valleys of the Nile, the Euphrates, and
+the great Chinese rivers, the first empires and the first written laws
+had their beginnings. Men specialised for fighting and rule as soldiers
+and knights. Later, as ships grew seaworthy, the Mediterranean which
+had been a barrier became a highway, and at last out of a tangle of
+pirate polities came the great struggle of Carthage and Rome. The
+history of Europe is the history of the victory and breaking up of the
+Roman Empire. Every ascendant monarch in Europe up to the last, aped
+Cæsar and called himself Kaiser or Tsar or Imperator or Kasir-i-Hind.
+Measured by the duration of human life it is a vast space of time
+between that first dynasty in Egypt and the coming of the aeroplane,
+but by the scale that looks back to the makers of the eoliths, it is
+all of it a story of yesterday.
+
+Now during this period of two hundred centuries or more, this period of
+the warring states, while men’s minds were chiefly preoccupied by
+politics and mutual aggression, their progress in the acquirement of
+external Power was slow—rapid in comparison with the progress of the
+old stone age, but slow in comparison with this new age of systematic
+discovery in which we live. They did not very greatly alter the weapons
+and tactics of warfare, the methods of agriculture, seamanship, their
+knowledge of the habitable globe, or the devices and utensils of
+domestic life between the days of the early Egyptians and the days when
+Christopher Columbus was a child. Of course, there were inventions and
+changes, but there were also retrogressions; things were found out and
+then forgotten again; it was, on the whole, a progress, but it
+contained no steps; the peasant life was the same, there were already
+priests and lawyers and town craftsmen and territorial lords and
+rulers, doctors, wise women, soldiers and sailors in Egypt and China
+and Assyria and south-eastern Europe at the beginning of that period,
+and they were doing much the same things and living much the same life
+as they were in Europe in A.D. 1500. The English excavators of the year
+A.D. 1900 could delve into the remains of Babylon and Egypt and
+disinter legal documents, domestic accounts, and family correspondence
+that they could read with the completest sympathy. There were great
+religious and moral changes throughout the period, empires and
+republics replaced one another, Italy tried a vast experiment in
+slavery, and indeed slavery was tried again and again and failed and
+failed and was still to be tested again and rejected again in the New
+World; Christianity and Mohammedanism swept away a thousand more
+specialised cults, but essentially these were progressive adaptations
+of mankind to material conditions that must have seemed fixed for ever.
+The idea of revolutionary changes in the material conditions of life
+would have been entirely strange to human thought through all that
+time.
+
+Yet the dreamer, the story-teller, was there still, waiting for his
+opportunity amidst the busy preoccupations, the comings and goings, the
+wars and processions, the castle building and cathedral building, the
+arts and loves, the small diplomacies and incurable feuds, the crusades
+and trading journeys of the middle ages. He no longer speculated with
+the untrammelled freedom of the stone-age savage; authoritative
+explanations of everything barred his path; but he speculated with a
+better brain, sat idle and gazed at circling stars in the sky and mused
+upon the coin and crystal in his hand. Whenever there was a certain
+leisure for thought throughout these times, then men were to be found
+dissatisfied with the appearances of things, dissatisfied with the
+assurances of orthodox belief, uneasy with a sense of unread symbols in
+the world about them, questioning the finality of scholastic wisdom.
+Through all the ages of history there were men to whom this whisper had
+come of hidden things about them. They could no longer lead ordinary
+lives nor content themselves with the common things of this world once
+they had heard this voice. And mostly they believed not only that all
+this world was as it were a painted curtain before things unguessed at,
+but that these secrets were Power. Hitherto Power had come to men by
+chance, but now there were these seekers seeking, seeking among rare
+and curious and perplexing objects, sometimes finding some odd
+utilisable thing, sometimes deceiving themselves with fancied
+discovery, sometimes pretending to find. The world of every day laughed
+at these eccentric beings, or found them annoying and ill-treated them,
+or was seized with fear and made saints and sorcerers and warlocks of
+them, or with covetousness and entertained them hopefully; but for the
+greater part heeded them not at all. Yet they were of the blood of him
+who had first dreamt of attacking the mammoth; every one of them was of
+his blood and descent; and the thing they sought, all unwittingly, was
+the snare that will some day catch the sun.
+
+Section 3
+
+Such a man was that Leonardo da Vinci, who went about the court of
+Sforza in Milan in a state of dignified abstraction. His common-place
+books are full of prophetic subtlety and ingenious anticipations of the
+methods of the early aviators. Dürer was his parallel and Roger
+Bacon—whom the Franciscans silenced—of his kindred. Such a man again in
+an earlier city was Hero of Alexandria, who knew of the power of steam
+nineteen hundred years before it was first brought into use. And
+earlier still was Archimedes of Syracuse, and still earlier the
+legendary Daedalus of Cnossos. All up and down the record of history
+whenever there was a little leisure from war and brutality the seekers
+appeared. And half the alchemists were of their tribe.
+
+When Roger Bacon blew up his first batch of gunpowder one might have
+supposed that men would have gone at once to the explosive engine. But
+they could see nothing of the sort. They were not yet beginning to
+think of seeing things; their metallurgy was all too poor to make such
+engines even had they thought of them. For a time they could not make
+instruments sound enough to stand this new force even for so rough a
+purpose as hurling a missile. Their first guns had barrels of coopered
+timber, and the world waited for more than five hundred years before
+the explosive engine came.
+
+Even when the seekers found, it was at first a long journey before the
+world could use their findings for any but the roughest, most obvious
+purposes. If man in general was not still as absolutely blind to the
+unconquered energies about him as his paleolithic precursor, he was at
+best purblind.
+
+Section 4
+
+The latent energy of coal and the power of steam waited long on the
+verge of discovery, before they began to influence human lives.
+
+There were no doubt many such devices as Hero’s toys devised and
+forgotten, time after time, in courts and palaces, but it needed that
+coal should be mined and burning with plenty of iron at hand before it
+dawned upon men that here was something more than a curiosity. And it
+is to be remarked that the first recorded suggestion for the use of
+steam was in war; there is an Elizabethan pamphlet in which it is
+proposed to fire shot out of corked iron bottles full of heated water.
+The mining of coal for fuel, the smelting of iron upon a larger scale
+than men had ever done before, the steam pumping engine, the
+steam-engine and the steam-boat, followed one another in an order that
+had a kind of logical necessity. It is the most interesting and
+instructive chapter in the history of the human intelligence, the
+history of steam from its beginning as a fact in human consciousness to
+the perfection of the great turbine engines that preceded the
+utilisation of intra-molecular power. Nearly every human being must
+have seen steam, seen it incuriously for many thousands of years; the
+women in particular were always heating water, boiling it, seeing it
+boil away, seeing the lids of vessels dance with its fury; millions of
+people at different times must have watched steam pitching rocks out of
+volcanoes like cricket balls and blowing pumice into foam, and yet you
+may search the whole human record through, letters, books,
+inscriptions, pictures, for any glimmer of a realisation that here was
+force, here was strength to borrow and use.... Then suddenly man woke
+up to it, the railways spread like a network over the globe, the ever
+enlarging iron steamships began their staggering fight against wind and
+wave.
+
+Steam was the first-comer in the new powers, it was the beginning of
+the Age of Energy that was to close the long history of the Warring
+States.
+
+But for a long time men did not realise the importance of this novelty.
+They would not recognise, they were not able to recognise that anything
+fundamental had happened to their immemorial necessities. They called
+the steam-engine the ‘iron horse’ and pretended that they had made the
+most partial of substitutions. Steam machinery and factory production
+were visibly revolutionising the conditions of industrial production,
+population was streaming steadily in from the country-side and
+concentrating in hitherto unthought-of masses about a few city centres,
+food was coming to them over enormous distances upon a scale that made
+the one sole precedent, the corn ships of imperial Rome, a petty
+incident; and a huge migration of peoples between Europe and Western
+Asia and America was in Progress, and—nobody seems to have realised
+that something new had come into human life, a strange swirl different
+altogether from any previous circling and mutation, a swirl like the
+swirl when at last the lock gates begin to open after a long phase of
+accumulating water and eddying inactivity....
+
+The sober Englishman at the close of the nineteenth century could sit
+at his breakfast-table, decide between tea from Ceylon or coffee from
+Brazil, devour an egg from France with some Danish ham, or eat a New
+Zealand chop, wind up his breakfast with a West Indian banana, glance
+at the latest telegrams from all the world, scrutinise the prices
+current of his geographically distributed investments in South Africa,
+Japan, and Egypt, and tell the two children he had begotten (in the
+place of his father’s eight) that he thought the world changed very
+little. They must play cricket, keep their hair cut, go to the old
+school he had gone to, shirk the lessons he had shirked, learn a few
+scraps of Horace and Virgil and Homer for the confusion of cads, and
+all would be well with them....
+
+Section 5
+
+Electricity, though it was perhaps the earlier of the two to be
+studied, invaded the common life of men a few decades after the
+exploitation of steam. To electricity also, in spite of its provocative
+nearness all about him, mankind had been utterly blind for incalculable
+ages. Could anything be more emphatic than the appeal of electricity
+for attention? It thundered at man’s ears, it signalled to him in
+blinding flashes, occasionally it killed him, and he could not see it
+as a thing that concerned him enough to merit study. It came into the
+house with the cat on any dry day and crackled insinuatingly whenever
+he stroked her fur. It rotted his metals when he put them together....
+There is no single record that any one questioned why the cat’s fur
+crackles or why hair is so unruly to brush on a frosty day, before the
+sixteenth century. For endless years man seems to have done his very
+successful best not to think about it at all; until this new spirit of
+the Seeker turned itself to these things.
+
+How often things must have been seen and dismissed as unimportant,
+before the speculative eye and the moment of vision came! It was
+Gilbert, Queen Elizabeth’s court physician, who first puzzled his
+brains with rubbed amber and bits of glass and silk and shellac, and so
+began the quickening of the human mind to the existence of this
+universal presence. And even then the science of electricity remained a
+mere little group of curious facts for nearly two hundred years,
+connected perhaps with magnetism—a mere guess that—perhaps with the
+lightning. Frogs’ legs must have hung by copper hooks from iron
+railings and twitched upon countless occasions before Galvani saw them.
+Except for the lightning conductor, it was 250 years after Gilbert
+before electricity stepped out of the cabinet of scientific curiosities
+into the life of the common man.... Then suddenly, in the half-century
+between 1880 and 1930, it ousted the steam-engine and took over
+traction, it ousted every other form of household heating, abolished
+distance with the perfected wireless telephone and the
+telephotograph....
+
+Section 6
+
+And there was an extraordinary mental resistance to discovery and
+invention for at least a hundred years after the scientific revolution
+had begun. Each new thing made its way into practice against a
+scepticism that amounted at times to hostility. One writer upon these
+subjects gives a funny little domestic conversation that happened, he
+says, in the year 1898, within ten years, that is to say, of the time
+when the first aviators were fairly on the wing. He tells us how he sat
+at his desk in his study and conversed with his little boy.
+
+His little boy was in profound trouble. He felt he had to speak very
+seriously to his father, and as he was a kindly little boy he did not
+want to do it too harshly.
+
+This is what happened.
+
+‘I wish, Daddy,’ he said, coming to his point, ‘that you wouldn’t write
+all this stuff about flying. The chaps rot me.’
+
+‘Yes!’ said his father.
+
+‘And old Broomie, the Head I mean, he rots me. Everybody rots me.’
+
+‘But there is going to be flying—quite soon.’
+
+The little boy was too well bred to say what he thought of that.
+‘Anyhow,’ he said, ‘I wish you wouldn’t write about it.’
+
+‘You’ll fly—lots of times—before you die,’ the father assured him.
+
+The little boy looked unhappy.
+
+The father hesitated. Then he opened a drawer and took out a blurred
+and under-developed photograph. ‘Come and look at this,’ he said.
+
+The little boy came round to him. The photograph showed a stream and a
+meadow beyond, and some trees, and in the air a black, pencil-like
+object with flat wings on either side of it. It was the first record of
+the first apparatus heavier than air that ever maintained itself in the
+air by mechanical force. Across the margin was written: ‘Here we go up,
+up, up—from S. P. Langley, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.’
+
+The father watched the effect of this reassuring document upon his son.
+‘Well?’ he said.
+
+‘That,’ said the schoolboy, after reflection, ‘is only a model.’
+
+‘Model to-day, man to-morrow.’
+
+The boy seemed divided in his allegiance. Then he decided for what he
+believed quite firmly to be omniscience. ‘But old Broomie,’ he said,
+‘he told all the boys in his class only yesterday, “no man will ever
+fly.” No one, he says, who has ever shot grouse or pheasants on the
+wing would ever believe anything of the sort....’
+
+Yet that boy lived to fly across the Atlantic and edit his father’s
+reminiscences.
+
+Section 7
+
+At the close of the nineteenth century as a multitude of passages in
+the literature of that time witness, it was thought that the fact that
+man had at last had successful and profitable dealings with the steam
+that scalded him and the electricity that flashed and banged about the
+sky at him, was an amazing and perhaps a culminating exercise of his
+intelligence and his intellectual courage. The air of ‘Nunc Dimittis’
+sounds in same of these writings. ‘The great things are discovered,’
+wrote Gerald Brown in his summary of the nineteenth century. ‘For us
+there remains little but the working out of detail.’ The spirit of the
+seeker was still rare in the world; education was unskilled,
+unstimulating, scholarly, and but little valued, and few people even
+then could have realised that Science was still but the flimsiest of
+trial sketches and discovery scarcely beginning. No one seems to have
+been afraid of science and its possibilities. Yet now where there had
+been but a score or so of seekers, there were many thousands, and for
+one needle of speculation that had been probing the curtain of
+appearances in 1800, there were now hundreds. And already Chemistry,
+which had been content with her atoms and molecules for the better part
+of a century, was preparing herself for that vast next stride that was
+to revolutionise the whole life of man from top to bottom.
+
+One realises how crude was the science of that time when one considers
+the case of the composition of air. This was determined by that strange
+genius and recluse, that man of mystery, that disembowelled
+intelligence, Henry Cavendish, towards the end of the eighteenth
+century. So far as he was concerned the work was admirably done. He
+separated all the known ingredients of the air with a precision
+altogether remarkable; he even put it upon record that he had some
+doubt about the purity of the nitrogen. For more than a hundred years
+his determination was repeated by chemists all the world over, his
+apparatus was treasured in London, he became, as they used to say,
+‘classic,’ and always, at every one of the innumerable repetitions of
+his experiment, that sly element argon was hiding among the nitrogen
+(and with a little helium and traces of other substances, and indeed
+all the hints that might have led to the new departures of the
+twentieth-century chemistry), and every time it slipped unobserved
+through the professorial fingers that repeated his procedure.
+
+Is it any wonder then with this margin of inaccuracy, that up to the
+very dawn of the twentieth-century scientific discovery was still
+rather a procession of happy accidents than an orderly conquest of
+nature?
+
+Yet the spirit of seeking was spreading steadily through the world.
+Even the schoolmaster could not check it. For the mere handful who grew
+up to feel wonder and curiosity about the secrets of nature in the
+nineteenth century, there were now, at the beginning of the twentieth,
+myriads escaping from the limitations of intellectual routine and the
+habitual life, in Europe, in America, North and South, in Japan, in
+China, and all about the world.
+
+It was in 1910 that the parents of young Holsten, who was to be called
+by a whole generation of scientific men, ‘the greatest of European
+chemists,’ were staying in a villa near Santo Domenico, between Fiesole
+and Florence. He was then only fifteen, but he was already
+distinguished as a mathematician and possessed by a savage appetite to
+understand. He had been particularly attracted by the mystery of
+phosphorescence and its apparent unrelatedness to every other source of
+light. He was to tell afterwards in his reminiscences how he watched
+the fireflies drifting and glowing among the dark trees in the garden
+of the villa under the warm blue night sky of Italy; how he caught and
+kept them in cages, dissected them, first studying the general anatomy
+of insects very elaborately, and how he began to experiment with the
+effect of various gases and varying temperature upon their light. Then
+the chance present of a little scientific toy invented by Sir William
+Crookes, a toy called the spinthariscope, on which radium particles
+impinge upon sulphide of zinc and make it luminous, induced him to
+associate the two sets of phenomena. It was a happy association for his
+inquiries. It was a rare and fortunate thing, too, that any one with
+the mathematical gift should have been taken by these curiosities.
+
+Section 8
+
+And while the boy Holsten was mooning over his fireflies at Fiesole, a
+certain professor of physics named Rufus was giving a course of
+afternoon lectures upon Radium and Radio-Activity in Edinburgh. They
+were lectures that had attracted a very considerable amount of
+attention. He gave them in a small lecture-theatre that had become more
+and more congested as his course proceeded. At his concluding
+discussion it was crowded right up to the ceiling at the back, and
+there people were standing, standing without any sense of fatigue, so
+fascinating did they find his suggestions. One youngster in particular,
+a chuckle-headed, scrub-haired lad from the Highlands, sat hugging his
+knee with great sand-red hands and drinking in every word, eyes aglow,
+cheeks flushed, and ears burning.
+
+‘And so,’ said the professor, ‘we see that this Radium, which seemed at
+first a fantastic exception, a mad inversion of all that was most
+established and fundamental in the constitution of matter, is really at
+one with the rest of the elements. It does noticeably and forcibly what
+probably all the other elements are doing with an imperceptible
+slowness. It is like the single voice crying aloud that betrays the
+silent breathing multitude in the darkness. Radium is an element that
+is breaking up and flying to pieces. But perhaps all elements are doing
+that at less perceptible rates. Uranium certainly is; thorium—the stuff
+of this incandescent gas mantle—certainly is; actinium. I feel that we
+are but beginning the list. And we know now that the atom, that once we
+thought hard and impenetrable, and indivisible and final
+and—lifeless—lifeless, is really a reservoir of immense energy. That is
+the most wonderful thing about all this work. A little while ago we
+thought of the atoms as we thought of bricks, as solid building
+material, as substantial matter, as unit masses of lifeless stuff, and
+behold! these bricks are boxes, treasure boxes, boxes full of the
+intensest force. This little bottle contains about a pint of uranium
+oxide; that is to say, about fourteen ounces of the element uranium. It
+is worth about a pound. And in this bottle, ladies and gentlemen, in
+the atoms in this bottle there slumbers at least as much energy as we
+could get by burning a hundred and sixty tons of coal. If at a word, in
+one instant I could suddenly release that energy here and now it would
+blow us and everything about us to fragments; if I could turn it into
+the machinery that lights this city, it could keep Edinburgh brightly
+lit for a week. But at present no man knows, no man has an inkling of
+how this little lump of stuff can be made to hasten the release of its
+store. It does release it, as a burn trickles. Slowly the uranium
+changes into radium, the radium changes into a gas called the radium
+emanation, and that again to what we call radium A, and so the process
+goes on, giving out energy at every stage, until at last we reach the
+last stage of all, which is, so far as we can tell at present, lead.
+But we cannot hasten it.’
+
+‘I take ye, man,’ whispered the chuckle-headed lad, with his red hands
+tightening like a vice upon his knee. ‘I take ye, man. Go on! Oh, go
+on!’
+
+The professor went on after a little pause. ‘Why is the change
+gradual?’ he asked. ‘Why does only a minute fraction of the radium
+disintegrate in any particular second? Why does it dole itself out so
+slowly and so exactly? Why does not all the uranium change to radium
+and all the radium change to the next lowest thing at once? Why this
+decay by driblets; why not a decay _en masse?_ . . . Suppose presently
+we find it is possible to quicken that decay?’
+
+The chuckle-headed lad nodded rapidly. The wonderful inevitable idea
+was coming. He drew his knee up towards his chin and swayed in his seat
+with excitement. ‘Why not?’ he echoed, ‘why not?’
+
+The professor lifted his forefinger.
+
+‘Given that knowledge,’ he said, ‘mark what we should be able to do! We
+should not only be able to use this uranium and thorium; not only
+should we have a source of power so potent that a man might carry in
+his hand the energy to light a city for a year, fight a fleet of
+battleships, or drive one of our giant liners across the Atlantic; but
+we should also have a clue that would enable us at last to quicken the
+process of disintegration in all the other elements, where decay is
+still so slow as to escape our finest measurements. Every scrap of
+solid matter in the world would become an available reservoir of
+concentrated force. Do you realise, ladies and gentlemen, what these
+things would mean for us?’
+
+The scrub head nodded. ‘Oh! go on. Go on.’
+
+‘It would mean a change in human conditions that I can only compare to
+the discovery of fire, that first discovery that lifted man above the
+brute. We stand to-day towards radio-activity as our ancestor stood
+towards fire before he had learnt to make it. He knew it then only as a
+strange thing utterly beyond his control, a flare on the crest of the
+volcano, a red destruction that poured through the forest. So it is
+that we know radio-activity to-day. This—this is the dawn of a new day
+in human living. At the climax of that civilisation which had its
+beginning in the hammered flint and the fire-stick of the savage, just
+when it is becoming apparent that our ever-increasing needs cannot be
+borne indefinitely by our present sources of energy, we discover
+suddenly the possibility of an entirely new civilisation. The energy we
+need for our very existence, and with which Nature supplies us still so
+grudgingly, is in reality locked up in inconceivable quantities all
+about us. We cannot pick that lock at present, but——’
+
+He paused. His voice sank so that everybody strained a little to hear
+him.
+
+‘——we will.’
+
+He put up that lean finger again, his solitary gesture.
+
+‘And then,’ he said....
+
+‘Then that perpetual struggle for existence, that perpetual struggle to
+live on the bare surplus of Nature’s energies will cease to be the lot
+of Man. Man will step from the pinnacle of this civilisation to the
+beginning of the next. I have no eloquence, ladies and gentlemen, to
+express the vision of man’s material destiny that opens out before me.
+I see the desert continents transformed, the poles no longer
+wildernesses of ice, the whole world once more Eden. I see the power of
+man reach out among the stars....’
+
+He stopped abruptly with a catching of the breath that many an actor or
+orator might have envied.
+
+The lecture was over, the audience hung silent for a few seconds,
+sighed, became audible, stirred, fluttered, prepared for dispersal.
+More light was turned on and what had been a dim mass of figures became
+a bright confusion of movement. Some of the people signalled to
+friends, some crowded down towards the platform to examine the
+lecturer’s apparatus and make notes of his diagrams. But the
+chuckle-headed lad with the scrub hair wanted no such detailed
+frittering away of the thoughts that had inspired him. He wanted to be
+alone with them; he elbowed his way out almost fiercely, he made
+himself as angular and bony as a cow, fearing lest some one should
+speak to him, lest some one should invade his glowing sphere of
+enthusiasm.
+
+He went through the streets with a rapt face, like a saint who sees
+visions. He had arms disproportionately long, and ridiculous big feet.
+
+He must get alone, get somewhere high out of all this crowding of
+commonness, of everyday life.
+
+He made his way to the top of Arthur’s Seat, and there he sat for a
+long time in the golden evening sunshine, still, except that ever and
+again he whispered to himself some precious phrase that had stuck in
+his mind.
+
+‘If,’ he whispered, ‘if only we could pick that lock....’
+
+The sun was sinking over the distant hills. Already it was shorn of its
+beams, a globe of ruddy gold, hanging over the great banks of cloud
+that would presently engulf it.
+
+‘Eh!’ said the youngster. ‘Eh!’
+
+He seemed to wake up at last out of his entrancement, and the red sun
+was there before his eyes. He stared at it, at first without
+intelligence, and then with a gathering recognition. Into his mind came
+a strange echo of that ancestral fancy, that fancy of a Stone Age
+savage, dead and scattered bones among the drift two hundred thousand
+years ago.
+
+‘Ye auld thing,’ he said—and his eyes were shining, and he made a kind
+of grabbing gesture with his hand; ‘ye auld red thing.... We’ll have ye
+_yet_.’
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THE FIRST
+THE NEW SOURCE OF ENERGY
+
+
+Section I
+
+The problem which was already being mooted by such scientific men as
+Ramsay, Rutherford, and Soddy, in the very beginning of the twentieth
+century, the problem of inducing radio-activity in the heavier elements
+and so tapping the internal energy of atoms, was solved by a wonderful
+combination of induction, intuition, and luck by Holsten so soon as the
+year 1933. From the first detection of radio-activity to its first
+subjugation to human purpose measured little more than a quarter of a
+century. For twenty years after that, indeed, minor difficulties
+prevented any striking practical application of his success, but the
+essential thing was done, this new boundary in the march of human
+progress was crossed, in that year. He set up atomic disintegration in
+a minute particle of bismuth; it exploded with great violence into a
+heavy gas of extreme radio-activity, which disintegrated in its turn in
+the course of seven days, and it was only after another year’s work
+that he was able to show practically that the last result of this rapid
+release of energy was gold. But the thing was done—at the cost of a
+blistered chest and an injured finger, and from the moment when the
+invisible speck of bismuth flashed into riving and rending energy,
+Holsten knew that he had opened a way for mankind, however narrow and
+dark it might still be, to worlds of limitless power. He recorded as
+much in the strange diary biography he left the world, a diary that was
+up to that particular moment a mass of speculations and calculations,
+and which suddenly became for a space an amazingly minute and human
+record of sensations and emotions that all humanity might understand.
+
+He gives, in broken phrases and often single words, it is true, but
+none the less vividly for that, a record of the twenty-four hours
+following the demonstration of the correctness of his intricate tracery
+of computations and guesses. ‘I thought I should not sleep,’ he
+writes—the words he omitted are supplied in brackets—(on account of)
+‘pain in (the) hand and chest and (the) wonder of what I had done....
+Slept like a child.’
+
+He felt strange and disconcerted the next morning; he had nothing to
+do, he was living alone in apartments in Bloomsbury, and he decided to
+go up to Hampstead Heath, which he had known when he was a little boy
+as a breezy playground. He went up by the underground tube that was
+then the recognised means of travel from one part of London to another,
+and walked up Heath Street from the tube station to the open heath. He
+found it a gully of planks and scaffoldings between the hoardings of
+house-wreckers. The spirit of the times had seized upon that narrow,
+steep, and winding thoroughfare, and was in the act of making it
+commodious and interesting, according to the remarkable ideals of
+Neo-Georgian æstheticism. Such is the illogical quality of humanity
+that Holsten, fresh from work that was like a petard under the seat of
+current civilisation, saw these changes with regret. He had come up
+Heath Street perhaps a thousand times, had known the windows of all the
+little shops, spent hours in the vanished cinematograph theatre, and
+marvelled at the high-flung early Georgian houses upon the westward
+bank of that old gully of a thoroughfare; he felt strange with all
+these familiar things gone. He escaped at last with a feeling of relief
+from this choked alley of trenches and holes and cranes, and emerged
+upon the old familiar scene about the White Stone Pond. That, at least,
+was very much as it used to be.
+
+There were still the fine old red-brick houses to left and right of
+him; the reservoir had been improved by a portico of marble, the
+white-fronted inn with the clustering flowers above its portico still
+stood out at the angle of the ways, and the blue view to Harrow Hill
+and Harrow spire, a view of hills and trees and shining waters and
+wind-driven cloud shadows, was like the opening of a great window to
+the ascending Londoner. All that was very reassuring. There was the
+same strolling crowd, the same perpetual miracle of motors dodging
+through it harmlessly, escaping headlong into the country from the
+Sabbatical stuffiness behind and below them. There was a band still, a
+women’s suffrage meeting—for the suffrage women had won their way back
+to the tolerance, a trifle derisive, of the populace again—socialist
+orators, politicians, a band, and the same wild uproar of dogs, frantic
+with the gladness of their one blessed weekly release from the back
+yard and the chain. And away along the road to the Spaniards strolled a
+vast multitude, saying, as ever, that the view of London was
+exceptionally clear that day.
+
+Young Holsten’s face was white. He walked with that uneasy affectation
+of ease that marks an overstrained nervous system and an
+under-exercised body. He hesitated at the White Stone Pond whether to
+go to the left of it or the right, and again at the fork of the roads.
+He kept shifting his stick in his hand, and every now and then he would
+get in the way of people on the footpath or be jostled by them because
+of the uncertainty of his movements. He felt, he confesses, ‘inadequate
+to ordinary existence.’ He seemed to himself to be something inhuman
+and mischievous. All the people about him looked fairly prosperous,
+fairly happy, fairly well adapted to the lives they had to lead—a week
+of work and a Sunday of best clothes and mild promenading—and he had
+launched something that would disorganise the entire fabric that held
+their contentments and ambitions and satisfactions together. ‘Felt like
+an imbecile who has presented a box full of loaded revolvers to a
+Crêche,’ he notes.
+
+He met a man named Lawson, an old school-fellow, of whom history now
+knows only that he was red-faced and had a terrier. He and Holsten
+walked together and Holsten was sufficiently pale and jumpy for Lawson
+to tell him he overworked and needed a holiday. They sat down at a
+little table outside the County Council house of Golders Hill Park and
+sent one of the waiters to the Bull and Bush for a couple of bottles of
+beer, no doubt at Lawson’s suggestion. The beer warmed Holsten’s rather
+dehumanised system. He began to tell Lawson as clearly as he could to
+what his great discovery amounted. Lawson feigned attention, but indeed
+he had neither the knowledge nor the imagination to understand. ‘In the
+end, before many years are out, this must eventually change war,
+transit, lighting, building, and every sort of manufacture, even
+agriculture, every material human concern——’
+
+Then Holsten stopped short. Lawson had leapt to his feet. ‘Damn that
+dog!’ cried Lawson. ‘Look at it now. Hi! Here! _Phewoo-phewoo-phewoo!_
+Come _here, Bobs!_ Come _here!_’
+
+The young scientific man, with his bandaged hand, sat at the green
+table, too tired to convey the wonder of the thing he had sought so
+long, his friend whistled and bawled for his dog, and the Sunday people
+drifted about them through the spring sunshine. For a moment or so
+Holsten stared at Lawson in astonishment, for he had been too intent
+upon what he had been saying to realise how little Lawson had attended.
+
+Then he remarked, ‘_Well!_’ and smiled faintly, and—finished the
+tankard of beer before him.
+
+Lawson sat down again. ‘One must look after one’s dog,’ he said, with a
+note of apology. ‘What was it you were telling me?’
+
+Section 2
+
+In the evening Holsten went out again. He walked to Saint Paul’s
+Cathedral, and stood for a time near the door listening to the evening
+service. The candles upon the altar reminded him in some odd way of the
+fireflies at Fiesole. Then he walked back through the evening lights to
+Westminster. He was oppressed, he was indeed scared, by his sense of
+the immense consequences of his discovery. He had a vague idea that
+night that he ought not to publish his results, that they were
+premature, that some secret association of wise men should take care of
+his work and hand it on from generation to generation until the world
+was riper for its practical application. He felt that nobody in all the
+thousands of people he passed had really awakened to the fact of
+change, they trusted the world for what it was, not to alter too
+rapidly, to respect their trusts, their assurances, their habits, their
+little accustomed traffics and hard-won positions.
+
+He went into those little gardens beneath the over-hanging,
+brightly-lit masses of the Savoy Hotel and the Hotel Cecil. He sat down
+on a seat and became aware of the talk of the two people next to him.
+It was the talk of a young couple evidently on the eve of marriage. The
+man was congratulating himself on having regular employment at last;
+‘they like me,’ he said, ‘and I like the job. If I work up—in’r dozen
+years or so I ought to be gettin’ somethin’ pretty comfortable. That’s
+the plain sense of it, Hetty. There ain’t no reason whatsoever why we
+shouldn’t get along very decently—very decently indeed.’
+
+The desire for little successes amidst conditions securely fixed! So it
+struck upon Holsten’s mind. He added in his diary, ‘I had a sense of
+all this globe as that....’
+
+By that phrase he meant a kind of clairvoyant vision of this populated
+world as a whole, of all its cities and towns and villages, its high
+roads and the inns beside them, its gardens and farms and upland
+pastures, its boatmen and sailors, its ships coming along the great
+circles of the ocean, its time-tables and appointments and payments and
+dues as it were one unified and progressive spectacle. Sometimes such
+visions came to him; his mind, accustomed to great generalisations and
+yet acutely sensitive to detail, saw things far more comprehensively
+than the minds of most of his contemporaries. Usually the teeming
+sphere moved on to its predestined ends and circled with a stately
+swiftness on its path about the sun. Usually it was all a living
+progress that altered under his regard. But now fatigue a little
+deadened him to that incessancy of life, it seemed now just an eternal
+circling. He lapsed to the commoner persuasion of the great fixities
+and recurrencies of the human routine. The remoter past of wandering
+savagery, the inevitable changes of to-morrow were veiled, and he saw
+only day and night, seed-time and harvest, loving and begetting, births
+and deaths, walks in the summer sunlight and tales by the winter
+fireside, the ancient sequence of hope and acts and age perennially
+renewed, eddying on for ever and ever, save that now the impious hand
+of research was raised to overthrow this drowsy, gently humming,
+habitual, sunlit spinning-top of man’s existence....
+
+For a time he forgot wars and crimes and hates and persecutions, famine
+and pestilence, the cruelties of beasts, weariness and the bitter wind,
+failure and insufficiency and retrocession. He saw all mankind in terms
+of the humble Sunday couple upon the seat beside him, who schemed their
+inglorious outlook and improbable contentments. ‘I had a sense of all
+this globe as that.’
+
+His intelligence struggled against this mood and struggled for a time
+in vain. He reassured himself against the invasion of this
+disconcerting idea that he was something strange and inhuman, a loose
+wanderer from the flock returning with evil gifts from his sustained
+unnatural excursions amidst the darknesses and phosphorescences beneath
+the fair surfaces of life. Man had not been always thus; the instincts
+and desires of the little home, the little plot, was not all his
+nature; also he was an adventurer, an experimenter, an unresting
+curiosity, an insatiable desire. For a few thousand generations indeed
+he had tilled the earth and followed the seasons, saying his prayers,
+grinding his corn and trampling the October winepress, yet not for so
+long but that he was still full of restless stirrings.
+
+‘If there have been home and routine and the field,’ thought Holsten,
+‘there have also been wonder and the sea.’
+
+He turned his head and looked up over the back of the seat at the great
+hotels above him, full of softly shaded lights and the glow and colour
+and stir of feasting. Might his gift to mankind mean simply more of
+that? . . .
+
+He got up and walked out of the garden, surveyed a passing tram-car,
+laden with warm light, against the deep blues of evening, dripping and
+trailing long skirts of shining reflection; he crossed the Embankment
+and stood for a time watching the dark river and turning ever and again
+to the lit buildings and bridges. His mind began to scheme conceivable
+replacements of all those clustering arrangements....
+
+‘It has begun,’ he writes in the diary in which these things are
+recorded. ‘It is not for me to reach out to consequences I cannot
+foresee. I am a part, not a whole; I am a little instrument in the
+armoury of Change. If I were to burn all these papers, before a score
+of years had passed, some other man would be doing this. . .
+
+Section 3
+
+Holsten, before he died, was destined to see atomic energy dominating
+every other source of power, but for some years yet a vast network of
+difficulties in detail and application kept the new discovery from any
+effective invasion of ordinary life. The path from the laboratory to
+the workshop is sometimes a tortuous one; electro-magnetic radiations
+were known and demonstrated for twenty years before Marconi made them
+practically available, and in the same way it was twenty years before
+induced radio-activity could be brought to practical utilisation. The
+thing, of course, was discussed very much, more perhaps at the time of
+its discovery than during the interval of technical adaptation, but
+with very little realisation of the huge economic revolution that
+impended. What chiefly impressed the journalists of 1933 was the
+production of gold from bismuth and the realisation albeit upon
+unprofitable lines of the alchemist’s dreams; there was a considerable
+amount of discussion and expectation in that more intelligent section
+of the educated publics of the various civilised countries which
+followed scientific development; but for the most part the world went
+about its business—as the inhabitants of those Swiss villages which
+live under the perpetual threat of overhanging rocks and mountains go
+about their business—just as though the possible was impossible, as
+though the inevitable was postponed for ever because it was delayed.
+
+It was in 1953 that the first Holsten-Roberts engine brought induced
+radio-activity into the sphere of industrial production, and its first
+general use was to replace the steam-engine in electrical generating
+stations. Hard upon the appearance of this came the Dass-Tata
+engine—the invention of two among the brilliant galaxy of Bengali
+inventors the modernisation of Indian thought was producing at this
+time—which was used chiefly for automobiles, aeroplanes, waterplanes,
+and such-like, mobile purposes. The American Kemp engine, differing
+widely in principle but equally practicable, and the Krupp-Erlanger
+came hard upon the heels of this, and by the autumn of 1954 a gigantic
+replacement of industrial methods and machinery was in progress all
+about the habitable globe. Small wonder was this when the cost, even of
+these earliest and clumsiest of atomic engines, is compared with that
+of the power they superseded. Allowing for lubrication the Dass-Tata
+engine, once it was started cost a penny to run thirty-seven miles, and
+added only nine and quarter pounds to the weight of the carriage it
+drove. It made the heavy alcohol-driven automobile of the time
+ridiculous in appearance as well as preposterously costly. For many
+years the price of coal and every form of liquid fuel had been
+clambering to levels that made even the revival of the draft horse seem
+a practicable possibility, and now with the abrupt relaxation of this
+stringency, the change in appearance of the traffic upon the world’s
+roads was instantaneous. In three years the frightful armoured monsters
+that had hooted and smoked and thundered about the world for four awful
+decades were swept away to the dealers in old metal, and the highways
+thronged with light and clean and shimmering shapes of silvered steel.
+At the same time a new impetus was given to aviation by the relatively
+enormous power for weight of the atomic engine, it was at last possible
+to add Redmayne’s ingenious helicopter ascent and descent engine to the
+vertical propeller that had hitherto been the sole driving force of the
+aeroplane without overweighting the machine, and men found themselves
+possessed of an instrument of flight that could hover or ascend or
+descend vertically and gently as well as rush wildly through the air.
+The last dread of flying vanished. As the journalists of the time
+phrased it, this was the epoch of the Leap into the Air. The new atomic
+aeroplane became indeed a mania; every one of means was frantic to
+possess a thing so controllable, so secure and so free from the dust
+and danger of the road, and in France alone in the year 1943 thirty
+thousand of these new aeroplanes were manufactured and licensed, and
+soared humming softly into the sky.
+
+And with an equal speed atomic engines of various types invaded
+industrialism. The railways paid enormous premiums for priority in the
+delivery of atomic traction engines, atomic smelting was embarked upon
+so eagerly as to lead to a number of disastrous explosions due to
+inexperienced handling of the new power, and the revolutionary
+cheapening of both materials and electricity made the entire
+reconstruction of domestic buildings a matter merely dependent upon a
+reorganisation of the methods of the builder and the house-furnisher.
+Viewed from the side of the new power and from the point of view of
+those who financed and manufactured the new engines and material it
+required the age of the Leap into the Air was one of astonishing
+prosperity. Patent-holding companies were presently paying dividends of
+five or six hundred per cent. and enormous fortunes were made and
+fantastic wages earned by all who were concerned in the new
+developments. This prosperity was not a little enhanced by the fact
+that in both the Dass-Tata and Holsten-Roberts engines one of the
+recoverable waste products was gold—the former disintegrated dust of
+bismuth and the latter dust of lead—and that this new supply of gold
+led quite naturally to a rise in prices throughout the world.
+
+This spectacle of feverish enterprise was productivity, this crowding
+flight of happy and fortunate rich people—every great city was as if a
+crawling ant-hill had suddenly taken wing—was the bright side of the
+opening phase of the new epoch in human history. Beneath that
+brightness was a gathering darkness, a deepening dismay. If there was a
+vast development of production there was also a huge destruction of
+values. These glaring factories working night and day, these glittering
+new vehicles swinging noiselessly along the roads, these flights of
+dragon-flies that swooped and soared and circled in the air, were
+indeed no more than the brightnesses of lamps and fires that gleam out
+when the world sinks towards twilight and the night. Between these high
+lights accumulated disaster, social catastrophe. The coal mines were
+manifestly doomed to closure at no very distant date, the vast amount
+of capital invested in oil was becoming unsaleable, millions of coal
+miners, steel workers upon the old lines, vast swarms of unskilled or
+under-skilled labourers in innumerable occupations, were being flung
+out of employment by the superior efficiency of the new machinery, the
+rapid fall in the cost of transit was destroying high land values at
+every centre of population, the value of existing house property had
+become problematical, gold was undergoing headlong depreciation, all
+the securities upon which the credit of the world rested were slipping
+and sliding, banks were tottering, the stock exchanges were scenes of
+feverish panic;—this was the reverse of the spectacle, these were the
+black and monstrous under-consequences of the Leap into the Air.
+
+There is a story of a demented London stockbroker running out into
+Threadneedle Street and tearing off his clothes as he ran. ‘The Steel
+Trust is scrapping the whole of its plant,’ he shouted. ‘The State
+Railways are going to scrap all their engines. Everything’s going to be
+scrapped—everything. Come and scrap the mint, you fellows, come and
+scrap the mint!’
+
+In the year 1955 the suicide rate for the United States of America
+quadrupled any previous record. There was an enormous increase also in
+violent crime throughout the world. The thing had come upon an
+unprepared humanity; it seemed as though human society was to be
+smashed by its own magnificent gains.
+
+For there had been no foresight of these things. There had been no
+attempt anywhere even to compute the probable dislocations this flood
+of inexpensive energy would produce in human affairs. The world in
+these days was not really governed at all, in the sense in which
+government came to be understood in subsequent years. Government was a
+treaty, not a design; it was forensic, conservative, disputatious,
+unseeing, unthinking, uncreative; throughout the world, except where
+the vestiges of absolutism still sheltered the court favourite and the
+trusted servant, it was in the hands of the predominant caste of
+lawyers, who had an enormous advantage in being the only trained caste.
+Their professional education and every circumstance in the manipulation
+of the fantastically naïve electoral methods by which they clambered to
+power, conspired to keep them contemptuous of facts, conscientiously
+unimaginative, alert to claim and seize advantages and suspicious of
+every generosity. Government was an obstructive business of energetic
+fractions, progress went on outside of and in spite of public
+activities, and legislation was the last crippling recognition of needs
+so clamorous and imperative and facts so aggressively established as to
+invade even the dingy seclusions of the judges and threaten the very
+existence of the otherwise inattentive political machine.
+
+The world was so little governed that with the very coming of plenty,
+in the full tide of an incalculable abundance, when everything
+necessary to satisfy human needs and everything necessary to realise
+such will and purpose as existed then in human hearts was already at
+hand, one has still to tell of hardship, famine, anger, confusion,
+conflict, and incoherent suffering. There was no scheme for the
+distribution of this vast new wealth that had come at last within the
+reach of men; there was no clear conception that any such distribution
+was possible. As one attempts a comprehensive view of those opening
+years of the new age, as one measures it against the latent achievement
+that later years have demonstrated, one begins to measure the
+blindness, the narrowness, the insensate unimaginative individualism of
+the pre-atomic time. Under this tremendous dawn of power and freedom,
+under a sky ablaze with promise, in the very presence of science
+standing like some bountiful goddess over all the squat darknesses of
+human life, holding patiently in her strong arms, until men chose to
+take them, security, plenty, the solution of riddles, the key of the
+bravest adventures, in her very presence, and with the earnest of her
+gifts in court, the world was to witness such things as the squalid
+spectacle of the Dass-Tata patent litigation.
+
+There in a stuffy court in London, a grimy oblong box of a room, during
+the exceptional heat of the May of 1956, the leading counsel of the day
+argued and shouted over a miserable little matter of more royalties or
+less and whether the Dass-Tata company might not bar the
+Holsten-Roberts’ methods of utilising the new power. The Dass-Tata
+people were indeed making a strenuous attempt to secure a world
+monopoly in atomic engineering. The judge, after the manner of those
+times, sat raised above the court, wearing a preposterous gown and a
+foolish huge wig, the counsel also wore dirty-looking little wigs and
+queer black gowns over their usual costume, wigs and gowns that were
+held to be necessary to their pleading, and upon unclean wooden benches
+stirred and whispered artful-looking solicitors, busily scribbling
+reporters, the parties to the case, expert witnesses, interested
+people, and a jostling confusion of subpoenaed persons, briefless young
+barristers (forming a style on the most esteemed and truculent
+examples) and casual eccentric spectators who preferred this pit of
+iniquity to the free sunlight outside. Every one was damply hot, the
+examining King’s Counsel wiped the perspiration from his huge,
+clean-shaven upper lip; and into this atmosphere of grasping contention
+and human exhalations the daylight filtered through a window that was
+manifestly dirty. The jury sat in a double pew to the left of the
+judge, looking as uncomfortable as frogs that have fallen into an
+ash-pit, and in the witness-box lied the would-be omnivorous Dass,
+under cross-examination....
+
+Holsten had always been accustomed to publish his results so soon as
+they appeared to him to be sufficiently advanced to furnish a basis for
+further work, and to that confiding disposition and one happy flash of
+adaptive invention the alert Dass owed his claim....
+
+But indeed a vast multitude of such sharp people were clutching,
+patenting, pre-empting, monopolising this or that feature of the new
+development, seeking to subdue this gigantic winged power to the
+purposes of their little lusts and avarice. That trial is just one of
+innumerable disputes of the same kind. For a time the face of the world
+festered with patent legislation. It chanced, however, to have one
+oddly dramatic feature in the fact that Holsten, after being kept
+waiting about the court for two days as a beggar might have waited at a
+rich man’s door, after being bullied by ushers and watched by
+policemen, was called as a witness, rather severely handled by counsel,
+and told not to ‘quibble’ by the judge when he was trying to be
+absolutely explicit.
+
+The judge scratched his nose with a quill pen, and sneered at Holsten’s
+astonishment round the corner of his monstrous wig. Holsten was a great
+man, was he? Well, in a law-court great men were put in their places.
+
+‘We want to know has the plaintiff added anything to this or hasn’t
+he?’ said the judge, ‘we don’t want to have your views whether Sir
+Philip Dass’s improvements were merely superficial adaptations or
+whether they were implicit in your paper. No doubt—after the manner of
+inventors—you think most things that were ever likely to be discovered
+are implicit in your papers. No doubt also you think too that most
+subsequent additions and modifications are merely superficial.
+Inventors have a way of thinking that. The law isn’t concerned with
+that sort of thing. The law has nothing to do with the vanity of
+inventors. The law is concerned with the question whether these patent
+rights have the novelty the plantiff claims for them. What that
+admission may or may not stop, and all these other things you are
+saying in your overflowing zeal to answer more than the questions
+addressed to you—none of these things have anything whatever to do with
+the case in hand. It is a matter of constant astonishment to me in this
+court to see how you scientific men, with all your extraordinary claims
+to precision and veracity, wander and wander so soon as you get into
+the witness-box. I know no more unsatisfactory class of witness. The
+plain and simple question is, has Sir Philip Dass made any real
+addition to existing knowledge and methods in this matter or has he
+not? We don’t want to know whether they were large or small additions
+nor what the consequences of your admission may be. That you will leave
+to us.’
+
+Holsten was silent.
+
+‘Surely?’ said the judge, almost pityingly.
+
+‘No, he hasn’t,’ said Holsten, perceiving that for once in his life he
+must disregard infinitesimals.
+
+‘Ah!’ said the judge, ‘now why couldn’t you say that when counsel put
+the question? . . .’
+
+An entry in Holsten’s diary-autobiography, dated five days later, runs:
+‘Still amazed. The law is the most dangerous thing in this country. It
+is hundreds of years old. It hasn’t an idea. The oldest of old bottles
+and this new wine, the most explosive wine. Something will overtake
+them.’
+
+Section 4
+
+There was a certain truth in Holsten’s assertion that the law was
+‘hundreds of years old.’ It was, in relation to current thought and
+widely accepted ideas, an archaic thing. While almost all the material
+and methods of life had been changing rapidly and were now changing
+still more rapidly, the law-courts and the legislatures of the world
+were struggling desperately to meet modern demands with devices and
+procedures, conceptions of rights and property and authority and
+obligation that dated from the rude compromises of relatively barbaric
+times. The horse-hair wigs and antic dresses of the British judges,
+their musty courts and overbearing manners, were indeed only the
+outward and visible intimations of profounder anachronisms. The legal
+and political organisation of the earth in the middle twentieth century
+was indeed everywhere like a complicated garment, outworn yet strong,
+that now fettered the governing body that once it had protected.
+
+Yet that same spirit of free-thinking and outspoken publication that in
+the field of natural science had been the beginning of the conquest of
+nature, was at work throughout all the eighteenth and nineteenth
+centuries preparing the spirit of the new world within the degenerating
+body of the old. The idea of a greater subordination of individual
+interests and established institutions to the collective future, is
+traceable more and more clearly in the literature of those times, and
+movement after movement fretted itself away in criticism of and
+opposition to first this aspect and then that of the legal, social, and
+political order. Already in the early nineteenth century Shelley, with
+no scrap of alternative, is denouncing the established rulers of the
+world as Anarchs, and the entire system of ideas and suggestions that
+was known as Socialism, and more particularly its international side,
+feeble as it was in creative proposals or any method of transition,
+still witnesses to the growth of a conception of a modernised system of
+inter-relationships that should supplant the existing tangle of
+proprietary legal ideas.
+
+The word ‘Sociology’ was invented by Herbert Spencer, a popular writer
+upon philosophical subjects, who flourished about the middle of the
+nineteenth century, but the idea of a state, planned as an
+electric-traction system is planned, without reference to pre-existing
+apparatus, upon scientific lines, did not take a very strong hold upon
+the popular imagination of the world until the twentieth century. Then,
+the growing impatience of the American people with the monstrous and
+socially paralysing party systems that had sprung out of their absurd
+electoral arrangements, led to the appearance of what came to be called
+the ‘Modern State’ movement, and a galaxy of brilliant writers, in
+America, Europe, and the East, stirred up the world to the thought of
+bolder rearrangements of social interaction, property, employment,
+education, and government, than had ever been contemplated before. No
+doubt these Modern State ideas were very largely the reflection upon
+social and political thought of the vast revolution in material things
+that had been in progress for two hundred years, but for a long time
+they seemed to be having no more influence upon existing institutions
+than the writings of Rousseau and Voltaire seemed to have had at the
+time of the death of the latter. They were fermenting in men’s minds,
+and it needed only just such social and political stresses as the
+coming of the atomic mechanisms brought about, to thrust them forward
+abruptly into crude and startling realisation.
+
+Section 5
+
+Frederick Barnet’s _Wander Jahre_ is one of those autobiographical
+novels that were popular throughout the third and fourth decades of the
+twentieth century. It was published in 1970, and one must understand
+Wander Jahre rather in a spiritual and intellectual than in a literal
+sense. It is indeed an allusive title, carrying the world back to the
+_Wilhelm Meister_ of Goethe, a century and a half earlier.
+
+Its author, Frederick Barnet, gives a minute and curious history of his
+life and ideas between his nineteenth and his twenty-third birthdays.
+He was neither a very original nor a very brilliant man, but he had a
+trick of circumstantial writing; and though no authentic portrait was
+to survive for the information of posterity, he betrays by a score of
+casual phrases that he was short, sturdy, inclined to be plump, with a
+‘rather blobby’ face, and full, rather projecting blue eyes. He
+belonged until the financial _débâcle_ of 1956 to the class of fairly
+prosperous people, he was a student in London, he aeroplaned to Italy
+and then had a pedestrian tour from Genoa to Rome, crossed in the air
+to Greece and Egypt, and came back over the Balkans and Germany. His
+family fortunes, which were largely invested in bank shares, coal
+mines, and house property, were destroyed. Reduced to penury, he sought
+to earn a living. He suffered great hardship, and was then caught up by
+the war and had a year of soldiering, first as an officer in the
+English infantry and then in the army of pacification. His book tells
+all these things so simply and at the same time so explicitly, that it
+remains, as it were, an eye by which future generations may have at
+least one man’s vision of the years of the Great Change.
+
+And he was, he tells us, a ‘Modern State’ man ‘by instinct’ from the
+beginning. He breathed in these ideas in the class rooms and
+laboratories of the Carnegie Foundation school that rose, a long and
+delicately beautiful facade, along the South Bank of the Thames
+opposite the ancient dignity of Somerset House. Such thought was
+interwoven with the very fabric of that pioneer school in the
+educational renascence in England. After the customary exchange years
+in Heidelberg and Paris, he went into the classical school of London
+University. The older so-called ‘classical’ education of the British
+pedagogues, probably the most paralysing, ineffective, and foolish
+routine that ever wasted human life, had already been swept out of this
+great institution in favour of modern methods; and he learnt Greek and
+Latin as well as he had learnt German, Spanish, and French, so that he
+wrote and spoke them freely, and used them with an unconscious ease in
+his study of the foundation civilisations of the European system to
+which they were the key. (This change was still so recent that he
+mentions an encounter in Rome with an ‘Oxford don’ who ‘spoke Latin
+with a Wiltshire accent and manifest discomfort, wrote Greek letters
+with his tongue out, and seemed to think a Greek sentence a charm when
+it was a quotation and an impropriety when it wasn’t.’)
+
+Barnet saw the last days of the coal-steam engines upon the English
+railways and the gradual cleansing of the London atmosphere as the
+smoke-creating sea-coal fires gave place to electric heating. The
+building of laboratories at Kensington was still in progress, and he
+took part in the students’ riots that delayed the removal of the Albert
+Memorial. He carried a banner with ‘We like Funny Statuary’ on one
+side, and on the other ‘Seats and Canopies for Statues, Why should our
+Great Departed Stand in the Rain?’ He learnt the rather athletic
+aviation of those days at the University grounds at Sydenham, and he
+was fined for flying over the new prison for political libellers at
+Wormwood Scrubs, ‘in a manner calculated to exhilarate the prisoners
+while at exercise.’ That was the time of the attempted suppression of
+any criticism of the public judicature and the place was crowded with
+journalists who had ventured to call attention to the dementia of Chief
+Justice Abrahams. Barnet was not a very good aviator, he confesses he
+was always a little afraid of his machine—there was excellent reason
+for every one to be afraid of those clumsy early types—and he never
+attempted steep descents or very high flying. He also, he records,
+owned one of those oil-driven motor-bicycles whose clumsy complexity
+and extravagant filthiness still astonish the visitors to the museum of
+machinery at South Kensington. He mentions running over a dog and
+complains of the ruinous price of ‘spatchcocks’ in Surrey.
+‘Spatchcocks,’ it seems, was a slang term for crushed hens.
+
+He passed the examinations necessary to reduce his military service to
+a minimum, and his want of any special scientific or technical
+qualification and a certain precocious corpulence that handicapped his
+aviation indicated the infantry of the line as his sphere of training.
+That was the most generalised form of soldiering. The development of
+the theory of war had been for some decades but little assisted by any
+practical experience. What fighting had occurred in recent years, had
+been fighting in minor or uncivilised states, with peasant or barbaric
+soldiers and with but a small equipment of modern contrivances, and the
+great powers of the world were content for the most part to maintain
+armies that sustained in their broader organisation the traditions of
+the European wars of thirty and forty years before. There was the
+infantry arm to which Barnet belonged and which was supposed to fight
+on foot with a rifle and be the main portion of the army. There were
+cavalry forces (horse soldiers), having a ratio to the infantry that
+had been determined by the experiences of the Franco-German war in
+1871. There was also artillery, and for some unexplained reason much of
+this was still drawn by horses; though there were also in all the
+European armies a small number of motor-guns with wheels so constructed
+that they could go over broken ground. In addition there were large
+developments of the engineering arm, concerned with motor transport,
+motor-bicycle scouting, aviation, and the like.
+
+No first-class intelligence had been sought to specialise in and work
+out the problem of warfare with the new appliances and under modern
+conditions, but a succession of able jurists, Lord Haldane, Chief
+Justice Briggs, and that very able King’s Counsel, Philbrick, had
+reconstructed the army frequently and thoroughly and placed it at last,
+with the adoption of national service, upon a footing that would have
+seemed very imposing to the public of 1900. At any moment the British
+Empire could now put a million and a quarter of arguable soldiers upon
+the board of Welt-Politik. The traditions of Japan and the Central
+European armies were more princely and less forensic; the Chinese still
+refused resolutely to become a military power, and maintained a small
+standing army upon the American model that was said, so far as it went,
+to be highly efficient, and Russia, secured by a stringent
+administration against internal criticism, had scarcely altered the
+design of a uniform or the organisation of a battery since the opening
+decades of the century. Barnet’s opinion of his military training was
+manifestly a poor one, his Modern State ideas disposed him to regard it
+as a bore, and his common sense condemned it as useless. Moreover, his
+habit of body made him peculiarly sensitive to the fatigues and
+hardships of service.
+
+‘For three days in succession we turned out before dawn and—for no
+earthly reason—without breakfast,’ he relates. ‘I suppose that is to
+show us that when the Day comes the first thing will be to get us
+thoroughly uncomfortable and rotten. We then proceeded to Kriegspiel,
+according to the mysterious ideas of those in authority over us. On the
+last day we spent three hours under a hot if early sun getting over
+eight miles of country to a point we could have reached in a motor
+omnibus in nine minutes and a half—I did it the next day in that—and
+then we made a massed attack upon entrenchments that could have shot us
+all about three times over if only the umpires had let them. Then came
+a little bayonet exercise, but I doubt if I am sufficiently a barbarian
+to stick this long knife into anything living. Anyhow in this battle I
+shouldn’t have had a chance. Assuming that by some miracle I hadn’t
+been shot three times over, I was far too hot and blown when I got up
+to the entrenchments even to lift my beastly rifle. It was those others
+would have begun the sticking....
+
+‘For a time we were watched by two hostile aeroplanes; then our own
+came up and asked them not to, and—the practice of aerial warfare still
+being unknown—they very politely desisted and went away and did dives
+and circles of the most charming description over the Fox Hills.’
+
+All Barnet’s accounts of his military training were written in the same
+half-contemptuous, half-protesting tone. He was of opinion that his
+chances of participating in any real warfare were very slight, and
+that, if after all he should participate, it was bound to be so
+entirely different from these peace manœuvres that his only course as a
+rational man would be to keep as observantly out of danger as he could
+until he had learnt the tricks and possibilities of the new conditions.
+He states this quite frankly. Never was a man more free from sham
+heroics.
+
+Section 6
+
+Barnet welcomed the appearance of the atomic engine with the zest of
+masculine youth in all fresh machinery, and it is evident that for some
+time he failed to connect the rush of wonderful new possibilities with
+the financial troubles of his family. ‘I knew my father was worried,’
+he admits. That cast the smallest of shadows upon his delighted
+departure for Italy and Greece and Egypt with three congenial
+companions in one of the new atomic models. They flew over the Channel
+Isles and Touraine, he mentions, and circled about Mont Blanc—‘These
+new helicopters, we found,’ he notes, ‘had abolished all the danger and
+strain of sudden drops to which the old-time aeroplanes were
+liable’—and then he went on by way of Pisa, Paestum, Ghirgenti, and
+Athens, to visit the pyramids by moonlight, flying thither from Cairo,
+and to follow the Nile up to Khartum. Even by later standards, it must
+have been a very gleeful holiday for a young man, and it made the
+tragedy of his next experiences all the darker. A week after his return
+his father, who was a widower, announced himself ruined, and committed
+suicide by means of an unscheduled opiate.
+
+At one blow Barnet found himself flung out of the possessing, spending,
+enjoying class to which he belonged, penniless and with no calling by
+which he could earn a living. He tried teaching and some journalism,
+but in a little while he found himself on the underside of a world in
+which he had always reckoned to live in the sunshine. For innumerable
+men such an experience has meant mental and spiritual destruction, but
+Barnet, in spite of his bodily gravitation towards comfort, showed
+himself when put to the test, of the more valiant modern quality. He
+was saturated with the creative stoicism of the heroic times that were
+already dawning, and he took his difficulties and discomforts stoutly
+as his appointed material, and turned them to expression.
+
+Indeed, in his book, he thanks fortune for them. ‘I might have lived
+and died,’ he says, ‘in that neat fool’s paradise of secure lavishness
+above there. I might never have realised the gathering wrath and sorrow
+of the ousted and exasperated masses. In the days of my own prosperity
+things had seemed to me to be very well arranged.’ Now from his new
+point of view he was to find they were not arranged at all; that
+government was a compromise of aggressions and powers and lassitudes,
+and law a convention between interests, and that the poor and the weak,
+though they had many negligent masters, had few friends.
+
+‘I had thought things were looked after,’ he wrote. ‘It was with a kind
+of amazement that I tramped the roads and starved—and found that no one
+in particular cared.’
+
+He was turned out of his lodging in a backward part of London.
+
+‘It was with difficulty I persuaded my landlady—she was a needy widow,
+poor soul, and I was already in her debt—to keep an old box for me in
+which I had locked a few letters, keepsakes, and the like. She lived in
+great fear of the Public Health and Morality Inspectors, because she
+was sometimes too poor to pay the customary tip to them, but at last
+she consented to put it in a dark tiled place under the stairs, and
+then I went forth into the world—to seek first the luck of a meal and
+then shelter.’
+
+He wandered down into the thronging gayer parts of London, in which a
+year or so ago he had been numbered among the spenders.
+
+London, under the Visible Smoke Law, by which any production of visible
+smoke with or without excuse was punishable by a fine, had already
+ceased to be the sombre smoke-darkened city of the Victorian time; it
+had been, and indeed was, constantly being rebuilt, and its main
+streets were already beginning to take on those characteristics that
+distinguished them throughout the latter half of the twentieth century.
+The insanitary horse and the plebeian bicycle had been banished from
+the roadway, which was now of a resilient, glass-like surface,
+spotlessly clean; and the foot passenger was restricted to a narrow
+vestige of the ancient footpath on either side of the track and
+forbidden at the risk of a fine, if he survived, to cross the roadway.
+People descended from their automobiles upon this pavement and went
+through the lower shops to the lifts and stairs to the new ways for
+pedestrians, the Rows, that ran along the front of the houses at the
+level of the first story, and, being joined by frequent bridges, gave
+the newer parts of London a curiously Venetian appearance. In some
+streets there were upper and even third-story Rows. For most of the day
+and all night the shop windows were lit by electric light, and many
+establishments had made, as it were, canals of public footpaths through
+their premises in order to increase their window space.
+
+Barnet made his way along this night-scene rather apprehensively since
+the police had power to challenge and demand the Labour Card of any
+indigent-looking person, and if the record failed to show he was in
+employment, dismiss him to the traffic pavement below.
+
+But there was still enough of his former gentility about Barnet’s
+appearance and bearing to protect him from this; the police, too, had
+other things to think of that night, and he was permitted to reach the
+galleries about Leicester Square—that great focus of London life and
+pleasure.
+
+He gives a vivid description of the scene that evening. In the centre
+was a garden raised on arches lit by festoons of lights and connected
+with the Rows by eight graceful bridges, beneath which hummed the
+interlacing streams of motor traffic, pulsating as the current
+alternated between east and west and north and south. Above rose great
+frontages of intricate rather than beautiful reinforced porcelain,
+studded with lights, barred by bold illuminated advertisements, and
+glowing with reflections. There were the two historical music halls of
+this place, the Shakespeare Memorial Theatre, in which the municipal
+players revolved perpetually through the cycle of Shakespeare’s plays,
+and four other great houses of refreshment and entertainment whose
+pinnacles streamed up into the blue obscurity of the night. The south
+side of the square was in dark contrast to the others; it was still
+being rebuilt, and a lattice of steel bars surmounted by the frozen
+gestures of monstrous cranes rose over the excavated sites of vanished
+Victorian buildings.
+
+This framework attracted Barnet’s attention for a time to the exclusion
+of other interests. It was absolutely still, it had a dead rigidity, a
+stricken inaction, no one was at work upon it and all its machinery was
+quiet; but the constructor’s globes of vacuum light filled its every
+interstice with a quivering green moonshine and showed alert but
+motionless—soldier sentinels!
+
+He asked a passing stroller, and was told that the men had struck that
+day against the use of an atomic riveter that would have doubled the
+individual efficiency and halved the number of steel workers.
+
+‘Shouldn’t wonder if they didn’t get chucking bombs,’ said Barnet’s
+informant, hovered for a moment, and then went on his way to the
+Alhambra music hall.
+
+Barnet became aware of an excitement in the newspaper kiosks at the
+corners of the square. Something very sensational had been flashed upon
+the transparencies. Forgetting for a moment his penniless condition, he
+made his way over a bridge to buy a paper, for in those days the
+papers, which were printed upon thin sheets of metallic foil, were sold
+at determinate points by specially licensed purveyors. Half over, he
+stopped short at a change in the traffic below; and was astonished to
+see that the police signals were restricting vehicles to the half
+roadway. When presently he got within sight of the transparencies that
+had replaced the placards of Victorian times, he read of the Great
+March of the Unemployed that was already in progress through the West
+End, and so without expenditure he was able to understand what was
+coming.
+
+He watched, and his book describes this procession which the police had
+considered it unwise to prevent and which had been spontaneously
+organised in imitation of the Unemployed Processions of earlier times.
+He had expected a mob but there was a kind of sullen discipline about
+the procession when at last it arrived. What seemed for a time an
+unending column of men marched wearily, marched with a kind of
+implacable futility, along the roadway underneath him. He was, he says,
+moved to join them, but instead he remained watching. They were a
+dingy, shabby, ineffective-looking multitude, for the most part
+incapable of any but obsolete and superseded types of labour. They bore
+a few banners with the time-honoured inscription: ‘Work, not Charity,’
+but otherwise their ranks were unadorned.
+
+They were not singing, they were not even talking, there was nothing
+truculent nor aggressive in their bearing, they had no definite
+objective they were just marching and showing themselves in the more
+prosperous parts of London. They were a sample of that great mass of
+unskilled cheap labour which the now still cheaper mechanical powers
+had superseded for evermore. They were being ‘scrapped’—as horses had
+been ‘scrapped.’
+
+Barnet leant over the parapet watching them, his mind quickened by his
+own precarious condition. For a time, he says, he felt nothing but
+despair at the sight; what should be done, what could be done for this
+gathering surplus of humanity? They were so manifestly useless—and
+incapable—and pitiful.
+
+What were they asking for?
+
+They had been overtaken by unexpected things. Nobody had foreseen——
+
+It flashed suddenly into his mind just what the multitudinous shambling
+enigma below meant. It was an appeal against the unexpected, an appeal
+to those others who, more fortunate, seemed wiser and more powerful,
+for something—for _intelligence_. This mute mass, weary footed, rank
+following rank, protested its persuasion that some of these others must
+have foreseen these dislocations—that anyhow they ought to have
+foreseen—and arranged.
+
+That was what this crowd of wreckage was feeling and seeking so dumbly
+to assert.
+
+‘Things came to me like the turning on of a light in a darkened room,’
+he says. ‘These men were praying to their fellow creatures as once they
+prayed to God! The last thing that men will realise about anything is
+that it is inanimate. They had transferred their animation to mankind.
+They still believed there was intelligence somewhere, even if it was
+careless or malignant.... It had only to be aroused to be
+conscience-stricken, to be moved to exertion.... And I saw, too, that
+as yet _there was no such intelligence_. The world waits for
+intelligence. That intelligence has still to be made, that will for
+good and order has still to be gathered together, out of scraps of
+impulse and wandering seeds of benevolence and whatever is fine and
+creative in our souls, into a common purpose. It’s something still to
+come....’
+
+It is characteristic of the widening thought of the time that this not
+very heroical young man who, in any previous age, might well have been
+altogether occupied with the problem of his own individual necessities,
+should be able to stand there and generalise about the needs of the
+race.
+
+But upon all the stresses and conflicts of that chaotic time there was
+already dawning the light of a new era. The spirit of humanity was
+escaping, even then it was escaping, from its extreme imprisonment in
+individuals. Salvation from the bitter intensities of self, which had
+been a conscious religious end for thousands of years, which men had
+sought in mortifications, in the wilderness, in meditation, and by
+innumerable strange paths, was coming at last with the effect of
+naturalness into the talk of men, into the books they read, into their
+unconscious gestures, into their newspapers and daily purposes and
+everyday acts. The broad horizons, the magic possibilities that the
+spirit of the seeker had revealed to them, were charming them out of
+those ancient and instinctive preoccupations from which the very threat
+of hell and torment had failed to drive them. And this young man,
+homeless and without provision even for the immediate hours, in the
+presence of social disorganisation, distress, and perplexity, in a
+blazing wilderness of thoughtless pleasure that blotted out the stars,
+could think as he tells us he thought.
+
+‘I saw life plain,’ he wrote. ‘I saw the gigantic task before us, and
+the very splendour of its intricate and immeasurable difficulty filled
+me with exaltation. I saw that we have still to discover government,
+that we have still to discover education, which is the necessary
+reciprocal of government, and that all this—in which my own little
+speck of a life was so manifestly overwhelmed—this and its yesterday in
+Greece and Rome and Egypt were nothing, the mere first dust swirls of
+the beginning, the movements and dim murmurings of a sleeper who will
+presently be awake....’
+
+Section 7
+
+And then the story tells, with an engaging simplicity, of his descent
+from this ecstatic vision of reality.
+
+‘Presently I found myself again, and I was beginning to feel cold and a
+little hungry.’
+
+He bethought himself of the John Burns Relief Offices which stood upon
+the Thames Embankment. He made his way through the galleries of the
+booksellers and the National Gallery, which had been open continuously
+day and night to all decently dressed people now for more than twelve
+years, and across the rose-gardens of Trafalgar Square, and so by the
+hotel colonnade to the Embankment. He had long known of these admirable
+offices, which had swept the last beggars and matchsellers and all the
+casual indigent from the London streets, and he believed that he would,
+as a matter of course, be able to procure a ticket for food and a
+night’s lodgings and some indication of possible employment.
+
+But he had not reckoned upon the new labour troubles, and when he got
+to the Embankment he found the offices hopelessly congested and
+besieged by a large and rather unruly crowd. He hovered for a time on
+the outskirts of the waiting multitude, perplexed and dismayed, and
+then he became aware of a movement, a purposive trickling away of
+people, up through the arches of the great buildings that had arisen
+when all the railway stations were removed to the south side of the
+river, and so to the covered ways of the Strand. And here, in the open
+glare of midnight, he found unemployed men begging, and not only
+begging, but begging with astonishing assurance, from the people who
+were emerging from the small theatres and other such places of
+entertainment which abounded in that thoroughfare.
+
+This was an altogether unexampled thing. There had been no begging in
+London streets for a quarter of a century. But that night the police
+were evidently unwilling or unable to cope with the destitute who were
+invading those well-kept quarters of the town. They had become stonily
+blind to anything but manifest disorder.
+
+Barnet walked through the crowd, unable to bring himself to ask; indeed
+his bearing must have been more valiant than his circumstances, for
+twice he says that he was begged from. Near the Trafalgar Square
+gardens, a girl with reddened cheeks and blackened eyebrows, who was
+walking alone, spoke to him with a peculiar friendliness.
+
+‘I’m starving,’ he said to her abruptly.
+
+‘Oh! poor dear!’ she said; and with the impulsive generosity of her
+kind, glanced round and slipped a silver piece into his hand....
+
+It was a gift that, in spite of the precedent of De Quincey, might
+under the repressive social legislation of those times, have brought
+Barnet within reach of the prison lash. But he took it, he confesses,
+and thanked her as well as he was able, and went off very gladly to get
+food.
+
+Section 8
+
+A day or so later—and again his freedom to go as he pleased upon the
+roads may be taken as a mark of increasing social disorganisation and
+police embarrassment—he wandered out into the open country. He speaks
+of the roads of that plutocratic age as being ‘fenced with barbed wire
+against unpropertied people,’ of the high-walled gardens and trespass
+warnings that kept him to the dusty narrowness of the public ways. In
+the air, happy rich people were flying, heedless of the misfortunes
+about them, as he himself had been flying two years ago, and along the
+road swept the new traffic, light and swift and wonderful. One was
+rarely out of earshot of its whistles and gongs and siren cries even in
+the field paths or over the open downs. The officials of the labour
+exchanges were everywhere overworked and infuriated, the casual wards
+were so crowded that the surplus wanderers slept in ranks under sheds
+or in the open air, and since giving to wayfarers had been made a
+punishable offence there was no longer friendship or help for a man
+from the rare foot passenger or the wayside cottage....
+
+‘I wasn’t angry,’ said Barnet. ‘I saw an immense selfishness, a
+monstrous disregard for anything but pleasure and possession in all
+those people above us, but I saw how inevitable that was, how certainly
+if the richest had changed places with the poorest, that things would
+have been the same. What else can happen when men use science and every
+new thing that science gives, and all their available intelligence and
+energy to manufacture wealth and appliances, and leave government and
+education to the rustling traditions of hundreds of years ago? Those
+traditions come from the dark ages when there was really not enough for
+every one, when life was a fierce struggle that might be masked but
+could not be escaped. Of course this famine grabbing, this fierce
+dispossession of others, must follow from such a disharmony between
+material and training. Of course the rich were vulgar and the poor grew
+savage and every added power that came to men made the rich richer and
+the poor less necessary and less free. The men I met in the casual
+wards and the relief offices were all smouldering for revolt, talking
+of justice and injustice and revenge. I saw no hope in that talk, nor
+in anything but patience....’
+
+But he did not mean a passive patience. He meant that the method of
+social reconstruction was still a riddle, that no effectual
+rearrangement was possible until this riddle in all its tangled aspects
+was solved. ‘I tried to talk to those discontented men,’ he wrote, ‘but
+it was hard for them to see things as I saw them. When I talked of
+patience and the larger scheme, they answered, “But then we shall all
+be dead”—and I could not make them see, what is so simple to my own
+mind, that that did not affect the question. Men who think in lifetimes
+are of no use to statesmanship.’
+
+He does not seem to have seen a newspaper during those wanderings, and
+a chance sight of the transparency of a kiosk in the market-place at
+Bishop’s Stortford announcing a ‘Grave International Situation’ did not
+excite him very much. There had been so many grave international
+situations in recent years.
+
+This time it was talk of the Central European powers suddenly attacking
+the Slav Confederacy, with France and England going to the help of the
+Slavs.
+
+But the next night he found a tolerable meal awaiting the vagrants in
+the casual ward, and learnt from the workhouse master that all
+serviceable trained men were to be sent back on the morrow to their
+mobilisation centres. The country was on the eve of war. He was to go
+back through London to Surrey. His first feeling, he records, was one
+of extreme relief that his days of ‘hopeless battering at the underside
+of civilisation’ were at an end. Here was something definite to do,
+something definitely provided for. But his relief was greatly modified
+when he found that the mobilisation arrangements had been made so
+hastily and carelessly that for nearly thirty-six hours at the
+improvised depôt at Epsom he got nothing either to eat or to drink but
+a cup of cold water. The depôt was absolutely unprovisioned, and no one
+was free to leave it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THE SECOND
+THE LAST WAR
+
+
+Section I
+
+Viewed from the standpoint of a sane and ambitious social order, it is
+difficult to understand, and it would be tedious to follow, the motives
+that plunged mankind into the war that fills the histories of the
+middle decades of the twentieth century.
+
+It must always be remembered that the political structure of the world
+at that time was everywhere extraordinarily behind the collective
+intelligence. That is the central fact of that history. For two hundred
+years there had been no great changes in political or legal methods and
+pretensions, the utmost change had been a certain shifting of
+boundaries and slight readjustment of procedure, while in nearly every
+other aspect of life there had been fundamental revolutions, gigantic
+releases, and an enormous enlargement of scope and outlook. The
+absurdities of courts and the indignities of representative
+parliamentary government, coupled with the opening of vast fields of
+opportunity in other directions, had withdrawn the best intelligences
+more and more from public affairs. The ostensible governments of the
+world in the twentieth century were following in the wake of the
+ostensible religions. They were ceasing to command the services of any
+but second-rate men. After the middle of the eighteenth century there
+are no more great ecclesiastics upon the world’s memory, after the
+opening of the twentieth no more statesmen. Everywhere one finds an
+energetic, ambitious, short-sighted, common-place type in the seats of
+authority, blind to the new possibilities and litigiously reliant upon
+the traditions of the past.
+
+Perhaps the most dangerous of those outworn traditions were the
+boundaries of the various ‘sovereign states,’ and the conception of a
+general predominance in human affairs on the part of some one
+particular state. The memory of the empires of Rome and Alexander
+squatted, an unlaid carnivorous ghost, in the human imagination—it
+bored into the human brain like some grisly parasite and filled it with
+disordered thoughts and violent impulses. For more than a century the
+French system exhausted its vitality in belligerent convulsions, and
+then the infection passed to the German-speaking peoples who were the
+heart and centre of Europe, and from them onward to the Slavs. Later
+ages were to store and neglect the vast insane literature of this
+obsession, the intricate treaties, the secret agreements, the infinite
+knowingness of the political writer, the cunning refusals to accept
+plain facts, the strategic devices, the tactical manœuvres, the records
+of mobilisations and counter-mobilisations. It ceased to be credible
+almost as soon as it ceased to happen, but in the very dawn of the new
+age their state craftsmen sat with their historical candles burning,
+and, in spite of strange, new reflections and unfamiliar lights and
+shadows, still wrangling and planning to rearrange the maps of Europe
+and the world.
+
+It was to become a matter for subtle inquiry how far the millions of
+men and women outside the world of these specialists sympathised and
+agreed with their portentous activities. One school of psychologists
+inclined to minimise this participation, but the balance of evidence
+goes to show that there were massive responses to these suggestions of
+the belligerent schemer. Primitive man had been a fiercely combative
+animal; innumerable generations had passed their lives in tribal
+warfare, and the weight of tradition, the example of history, the
+ideals of loyalty and devotion fell in easily enough with the
+incitements of the international mischief-maker. The political ideas of
+the common man were picked up haphazard, there was practically nothing
+in such education as he was given that was ever intended to fit him for
+citizenship as such (that conception only appeared, indeed, with the
+development of Modern State ideas), and it was therefore a
+comparatively easy matter to fill his vacant mind with the sounds and
+fury of exasperated suspicion and national aggression.
+
+For example, Barnet describes the London crowd as noisily patriotic
+when presently his battalion came up from the depôt to London, to
+entrain for the French frontier. He tells of children and women and
+lads and old men cheering and shouting, of the streets and rows hung
+with the flags of the Allied Powers, of a real enthusiasm even among
+the destitute and unemployed. The Labour Bureaux were now partially
+transformed into enrolment offices, and were centres of hotly patriotic
+excitement. At every convenient place upon the line on either side of
+the Channel Tunnel there were enthusiastic spectators, and the feeling
+in the regiment, if a little stiffened and darkened by grim
+anticipations, was none the less warlike.
+
+But all this emotion was the fickle emotion of minds without
+established ideas; it was with most of them, Barnet says, as it was
+with himself, a natural response to collective movement, and to martial
+sounds and colours, and the exhilarating challenge of vague dangers.
+And people had been so long oppressed by the threat of and preparation
+for war that its arrival came with an effect of positive relief.
+
+Section 2
+
+The plan of campaign of the Allies assigned the defence of the lower
+Meuse to the English, and the troop-trains were run direct from the
+various British depôts to the points in the Ardennes where they were
+intended to entrench themselves.
+
+Most of the documents bearing upon the campaign were destroyed during
+the war, from the first the scheme of the Allies seems to have been
+confused, but it is highly probable that the formation of an aerial
+park in this region, from which attacks could be made upon the vast
+industrial plant of the lower Rhine, and a flanking raid through
+Holland upon the German naval establishments at the mouth of the Elbe,
+were integral parts of the original project. Nothing of this was known
+to such pawns in the game as Barnet and his company, whose business it
+was to do what they were told by the mysterious intelligences at the
+direction of things in Paris, to which city the Whitehall staff had
+also been transferred. From first to last these directing intelligences
+remained mysterious to the body of the army, veiled under the name of
+‘Orders.’ There was no Napoleon, no Cæsar to embody enthusiasm. Barnet
+says, ‘We talked of Them. _They_ are sending us up into Luxembourg.
+_They_ are going to turn the Central European right.’
+
+Behind the veil of this vagueness the little group of more or less
+worthy men which constituted Headquarters was beginning to realise the
+enormity of the thing it was supposed to control....
+
+In the great hall of the War Control, whose windows looked out across
+the Seine to the Trocadero and the palaces of the western quarter, a
+series of big-scale relief maps were laid out upon tables to display
+the whole seat of war, and the staff-officers of the control were
+continually busy shifting the little blocks which represented the
+contending troops, as the reports and intelligence came drifting in to
+the various telegraphic bureaux in the adjacent rooms. In other smaller
+apartments there were maps of a less detailed sort, upon which, for
+example, the reports of the British Admiralty and of the Slav
+commanders were recorded as they kept coming to hand. Upon these maps,
+as upon chessboards, Marshal Dubois, in consultation with General Viard
+and the Earl of Delhi, was to play the great game for world supremacy
+against the Central European powers. Very probably he had a definite
+idea of his game; very probably he had a coherent and admirable plan.
+
+But he had reckoned without a proper estimate either of the new
+strategy of aviation or of the possibilities of atomic energy that
+Holsten had opened for mankind. While he planned entrenchments and
+invasions and a frontier war, the Central European generalship was
+striking at the eyes and the brain. And while, with a certain diffident
+hesitation, he developed his gambit that night upon the lines laid down
+by Napoleon and Moltke, his own scientific corps in a state of mutinous
+activity was preparing a blow for Berlin. ‘These old fools!’ was the
+key in which the scientific corps was thinking.
+
+The War Control in Paris, on the night of July the second, was an
+impressive display of the paraphernalia of scientific military
+organisation, as the first half of the twentieth century understood it.
+To one human being at least the consulting commanders had the likeness
+of world-wielding gods.
+
+She was a skilled typist, capable of nearly sixty words a minute, and
+she had been engaged in relay with other similar women to take down
+orders in duplicate and hand them over to the junior officers in
+attendance, to be forwarded and filed. There had come a lull, and she
+had been sent out from the dictating room to take the air upon the
+terrace before the great hall and to eat such scanty refreshment as she
+had brought with her until her services were required again.
+
+From her position upon the terrace this young woman had a view not only
+of the wide sweep of the river below her, and all the eastward side of
+Paris from the Arc de Triomphe to Saint Cloud, great blocks and masses
+of black or pale darkness with pink and golden flashes of illumination
+and endless interlacing bands of dotted lights under a still and
+starless sky, but also the whole spacious interior of the great hall
+with its slender pillars and gracious arching and clustering lamps was
+visible to her. There, over a wilderness of tables, lay the huge maps,
+done on so large a scale that one might fancy them small countries; the
+messengers and attendants went and came perpetually, altering, moving
+the little pieces that signified hundreds and thousands of men, and the
+great commander and his two consultants stood amidst all these things
+and near where the fighting was nearest, scheming, directing. They had
+but to breathe a word and presently away there, in the world of
+reality, the punctual myriads moved. Men rose up and went forward and
+died. The fate of nations lay behind the eyes of these three men.
+Indeed they were like gods.
+
+Most godlike of the three was Dubois. It was for him to decide; the
+others at most might suggest. Her woman’s soul went out to this grave,
+handsome, still, old man, in a passion of instinctive worship.
+
+Once she had taken words of instruction from him direct. She had
+awaited them in an ecstasy of happiness—and fear. For her exaltation
+was made terrible by the dread that some error might dishonour her....
+
+She watched him now through the glass with all the unpenetrating
+minuteness of an impassioned woman’s observation.
+
+He said little, she remarked. He looked but little at the maps. The
+tall Englishman beside him was manifestly troubled by a swarm of ideas,
+conflicting ideas; he craned his neck at every shifting of the little
+red, blue, black, and yellow pieces on the board, and wanted to draw
+the commander’s attention to this and that. Dubois listened, nodded,
+emitted a word and became still again, brooding like the national
+eagle.
+
+His eyes were so deeply sunken under his white eyebrows that she could
+not see his eyes; his moustache overhung the mouth from which those
+words of decision came. Viard, too, said little; he was a dark man with
+a drooping head and melancholy, watchful eyes. He was more intent upon
+the French right, which was feeling its way now through Alsace to the
+Rhine. He was, she knew, an old colleague of Dubois; he knew him
+better, she decided, he trusted him more than this unfamiliar
+Englishman....
+
+Not to talk, to remain impassive and as far as possible in profile;
+these were the lessons that old Dubois had mastered years ago. To seem
+to know all, to betray no surprise, to refuse to hurry—itself a
+confession of miscalculation; by attention to these simple rules,
+Dubois had built up a steady reputation from the days when he had been
+a promising junior officer, a still, almost abstracted young man,
+deliberate but ready. Even then men had looked at him and said: ‘He
+will go far.’ Through fifty years of peace he had never once been found
+wanting, and at manœuvres his impassive persistence had perplexed and
+hypnotised and defeated many a more actively intelligent man. Deep in
+his soul Dubois had hidden his one profound discovery about the modern
+art of warfare, the key to his career. And this discovery was that
+_nobody knew_, that to act therefore was to blunder, that to talk was
+to confess; and that the man who acted slowly and steadfastly and above
+all silently, had the best chance of winning through. Meanwhile one fed
+the men. Now by this same strategy he hoped to shatter those mysterious
+unknowns of the Central European command. Delhi might talk of a great
+flank march through Holland, with all the British submarines and
+hydroplanes and torpedo craft pouring up the Rhine in support of it;
+Viard might crave for brilliance with the motor bicycles, aeroplanes,
+and ski-men among the Swiss mountains, and a sudden swoop upon Vienna;
+the thing was to listen—and wait for the other side to begin
+experimenting. It was all experimenting. And meanwhile he remained in
+profile, with an air of assurance—like a man who sits in an automobile
+after the chauffeur has had his directions.
+
+And every one about him was the stronger and surer for that quiet face,
+that air of knowledge and unruffled confidence. The clustering lights
+threw a score of shadows of him upon the maps, great bunches of him,
+versions of a commanding presence, lighter or darker, dominated the
+field, and pointed in every direction. Those shadows symbolised his
+control. When a messenger came from the wireless room to shift this or
+that piece in the game, to replace under amended reports one Central
+European regiment by a score, to draw back or thrust out or distribute
+this or that force of the Allies, the Marshal would turn his head and
+seem not to see, or look and nod slightly, as a master nods who
+approves a pupil’s self-correction. ‘Yes, that’s better.’
+
+How wonderful he was, thought the woman at the window, how wonderful it
+all was. This was the brain of the western world, this was Olympus with
+the warring earth at its feet. And he was guiding France, France so
+long a resentful exile from imperialism, back to her old predominance.
+
+It seemed to her beyond the desert of a woman that she should be
+privileged to participate....
+
+It is hard to be a woman, full of the stormy impulse to personal
+devotion, and to have to be impersonal, abstract, exact, punctual. She
+must control herself....
+
+She gave herself up to fantastic dreams, dreams of the days when the
+war would be over and victory enthroned. Then perhaps this harshness,
+this armour would be put aside and the gods might unbend. Her eyelids
+drooped....
+
+She roused herself with a start. She became aware that the night
+outside was no longer still. That there was an excitement down below on
+the bridge and a running in the street and a flickering of searchlights
+among the clouds from some high place away beyond the Trocadero. And
+then the excitement came surging up past her and invaded the hall
+within.
+
+One of the sentinels from the terrace stood at the upper end of the
+room, gesticulating and shouting something.
+
+And all the world had changed. A kind of throbbing. She couldn’t
+understand. It was as if all the water-pipes and concealed machinery
+and cables of the ways beneath, were beating—as pulses beat. And about
+her blew something like a wind—a wind that was dismay.
+
+Her eyes went to the face of the Marshal as a frightened child might
+look towards its mother.
+
+He was still serene. He was frowning slightly, she thought, but that
+was natural enough, for the Earl of Delhi, with one hand gauntly
+gesticulating, had taken him by the arm and was all too manifestly
+disposed to drag him towards the great door that opened on the terrace.
+And Viard was hurrying towards the huge windows and doing so in the
+strangest of attitudes, bent forward and with eyes upturned.
+
+Something up there?
+
+And then it was as if thunder broke overhead.
+
+The sound struck her like a blow. She crouched together against the
+masonry and looked up. She saw three black shapes swooping down through
+the torn clouds, and from a point a little below two of them, there had
+already started curling trails of red....
+
+Everything else in her being was paralysed, she hung through moments
+that seemed infinities, watching those red missiles whirl down towards
+her.
+
+She felt torn out of the world. There was nothing else in the world but
+a crimson-purple glare and sound, deafening, all-embracing, continuing
+sound. Every other light had gone out about her and against this glare
+hung slanting walls, pirouetting pillars, projecting fragments of
+cornices, and a disorderly flight of huge angular sheets of glass. She
+had an impression of a great ball of crimson-purple fire like a
+maddened living thing that seemed to be whirling about very rapidly
+amidst a chaos of falling masonry, that seemed to be attacking the
+earth furiously, that seemed to be burrowing into it like a blazing
+rabbit....
+
+She had all the sensations of waking up out of a dream.
+
+She found she was lying face downward on a bank of mould and that a
+little rivulet of hot water was running over one foot. She tried to
+raise herself and found her leg was very painful. She was not clear
+whether it was night or day nor where she was; she made a second
+effort, wincing and groaning, and turned over and got into a sitting
+position and looked about her.
+
+Everything seemed very silent. She was, in fact, in the midst of a vast
+uproar, but she did not realise this because her hearing had been
+destroyed.
+
+At first she could not join on what she saw to any previous experience.
+
+She seemed to be in a strange world, a soundless, ruinous world, a
+world of heaped broken things. And it was lit—and somehow this was more
+familiar to her mind than any other fact about her—by a flickering,
+purplish-crimson light. Then close to her, rising above a confusion of
+_débris_, she recognised the Trocadero; it was changed, something had
+gone from it, but its outline was unmistakable. It stood out against a
+streaming, whirling uprush of red-lit steam. And with that she recalled
+Paris and the Seine and the warm, overcast evening and the beautiful,
+luminous organisation of the War Control....
+
+She drew herself a little way up the slope of earth on which she lay,
+and examined her surroundings with an increasing understanding....
+
+The earth on which she was lying projected like a cape into the river.
+Quite close to her was a brimming lake of dammed-up water, from which
+these warm rivulets and torrents were trickling. Wisps of vapour came
+into circling existence a foot or so from its mirror-surface. Near at
+hand and reflected exactly in the water was the upper part of a
+familiar-looking stone pillar. On the side of her away from the water
+the heaped ruins rose steeply in a confused slope up to a glaring
+crest. Above and reflecting this glare towered pillowed masses of steam
+rolling swiftly upward to the zenith. It was from this crest that the
+livid glow that lit the world about her proceeded, and slowly her mind
+connected this mound with the vanished buildings of the War Control.
+
+‘_Mais!_’ she whispered, and remained with staring eyes quite
+motionless for a time, crouching close to the warm earth.
+
+Then presently this dim, broken human thing began to look about it
+again. She began to feel the need of fellowship. She wanted to
+question, wanted to speak, wanted to relate her experience. And her
+foot hurt her atrociously. There ought to be an ambulance. A little
+gust of querulous criticisms blew across her mind. This surely was a
+disaster! Always after a disaster there should be ambulances and
+helpers moving about....
+
+She craned her head. There was something there. But everything was so
+still!
+
+‘_Monsieur!_’ she cried. Her ears, she noted, felt queer, and she began
+to suspect that all was not well with them.
+
+It was terribly lonely in this chaotic strangeness, and perhaps this
+man—if it was a man, for it was difficult to see—might for all his
+stillness be merely insensible. He might have been stunned....
+
+The leaping glare beyond sent a ray into his corner and for a moment
+every little detail was distinct. It was Marshal Dubois. He was lying
+against a huge slab of the war map. To it there stuck and from it there
+dangled little wooden objects, the symbols of infantry and cavalry and
+guns, as they were disposed upon the frontier. He did not seem to be
+aware of this at his back, he had an effect of inattention, not
+indifferent attention, but as if he were thinking....
+
+She could not see the eyes beneath his shaggy brows, but it was evident
+he frowned. He frowned slightly, he had an air of not wanting to be
+disturbed. His face still bore that expression of assured confidence,
+that conviction that if things were left to him France might obey in
+security....
+
+She did not cry out to him again, but she crept a little nearer. A
+strange surmise made her eyes dilate. With a painful wrench she pulled
+herself up so that she could see completely over the intervening lumps
+of smashed-up masonry. Her hand touched something wet, and after one
+convulsive movement she became rigid.
+
+It was not a whole man there; it was a piece of a man, the head and
+shoulders of a man that trailed down into a ragged darkness and a pool
+of shining black....
+
+And even as she stared the mound above her swayed and crumbled, and a
+rush of hot water came pouring over her. Then it seemed to her that she
+was dragged downward....
+
+Section 3
+
+When the rather brutish young aviator with the bullet head and the
+black hair close-cropped _en brosse_, who was in charge of the French
+special scientific corps, heard presently of this disaster to the War
+Control, he was so wanting in imagination in any sphere but his own,
+that he laughed. Small matter to him that Paris was burning. His mother
+and father and sister lived at Caudebec; and the only sweetheart he had
+ever had, and it was poor love-making then, was a girl in Rouen. He
+slapped his second-in-command on the shoulder. ‘Now,’ he said, ‘there’s
+nothing on earth to stop us going to Berlin and giving them
+tit-for-tat.... Strategy and reasons of state—they’re over.... Come
+along, my boy, and we’ll just show these old women what we can do when
+they let us have our heads.’
+
+He spent five minutes telephoning and then he went out into the
+courtyard of the chateau in which he had been installed and shouted for
+his automobile. Things would have to move quickly because there was
+scarcely an hour and a half before dawn. He looked at the sky and noted
+with satisfaction a heavy bank of clouds athwart the pallid east.
+
+He was a young man of infinite shrewdness, and his material and
+aeroplanes were scattered all over the country-side, stuck away in
+barns, covered with hay, hidden in woods. A hawk could not have
+discovered any of them without coming within reach of a gun. But that
+night he only wanted one of the machines, and it was handy and quite
+prepared under a tarpaulin between two ricks not a couple of miles
+away; he was going to Berlin with that and just one other man. Two men
+would be enough for what he meant to do....
+
+He had in his hands the black complement to all those other gifts
+science was urging upon unregenerate mankind, the gift of destruction,
+and he was an adventurous rather than a sympathetic type....
+
+He was a dark young man with something negroid about his gleaming face.
+He smiled like one who is favoured and anticipates great pleasures.
+There was an exotic richness, a chuckling flavour, about the voice in
+which he gave his orders, and he pointed his remarks with the long
+finger of a hand that was hairy and exceptionally big.
+
+‘We’ll give them tit-for-tat,’ he said. ‘We’ll give them tit-for-tat.
+No time to lose, boys....’
+
+And presently over the cloud-banks that lay above Westphalia and Saxony
+the swift aeroplane, with its atomic engine as noiseless as a dancing
+sunbeam and its phosphorescent gyroscopic compass, flew like an arrow
+to the heart of the Central European hosts.
+
+It did not soar very high; it skimmed a few hundred feet above the
+banked darknesses of cumulus that hid the world, ready to plunge at
+once into their wet obscurities should some hostile flier range into
+vision. The tense young steersman divided his attention between the
+guiding stars above and the level, tumbled surfaces of the vapour
+strata that hid the world below. Over great spaces those banks lay as
+even as a frozen lava-flow and almost as still, and then they were rent
+by ragged areas of translucency, pierced by clear chasms, so that dim
+patches of the land below gleamed remotely through abysses. Once he saw
+quite distinctly the plan of a big railway station outlined in lamps
+and signals, and once the flames of a burning rick showing livid
+through a boiling drift of smoke on the side of some great hill. But if
+the world was masked it was alive with sounds. Up through that vapour
+floor came the deep roar of trains, the whistles of horns of
+motor-cars, a sound of rifle fire away to the south, and as he drew
+near his destination the crowing of cocks....
+
+The sky above the indistinct horizons of this cloud sea was at first
+starry and then paler with a light that crept from north to east as the
+dawn came on. The Milky Way was invisible in the blue, and the lesser
+stars vanished. The face of the adventurer at the steering-wheel,
+darkly visible ever and again by the oval greenish glow of the compass
+face, had something of that firm beauty which all concentrated purpose
+gives, and something of the happiness of an idiot child that has at
+last got hold of the matches. His companion, a less imaginative type,
+sat with his legs spread wide over the long, coffin-shaped box which
+contained in its compartments the three atomic bombs, the new bombs
+that would continue to explode indefinitely and which no one so far had
+ever seen in action. Hitherto Carolinum, their essential substance, had
+been tested only in almost infinitesimal quantities within steel
+chambers embedded in lead. Beyond the thought of great destruction
+slumbering in the black spheres between his legs, and a keen resolve to
+follow out very exactly the instructions that had been given him, the
+man’s mind was a blank. His aquiline profile against the starlight
+expressed nothing but a profound gloom.
+
+The sky below grew clearer as the Central European capital was
+approached.
+
+So far they had been singularly lucky and had been challenged by no
+aeroplanes at all. The frontier scouts they must have passed in the
+night; probably these were mostly under the clouds; the world was wide
+and they had had luck in not coming close to any soaring sentinel.
+Their machine was painted a pale gray, that lay almost invisibly over
+the cloud levels below. But now the east was flushing with the near
+ascent of the sun, Berlin was but a score of miles ahead, and the luck
+of the Frenchmen held. By imperceptible degrees the clouds below
+dissolved....
+
+Away to the north-eastward, in a cloudless pool of gathering light and
+with all its nocturnal illuminations still blazing, was Berlin. The
+left finger of the steersman verified roads and open spaces below upon
+the mica-covered square of map that was fastened by his wheel. There in
+a series of lake-like expansions was the Havel away to the right; over
+by those forests must be Spandau; there the river split about the
+Potsdam island; and right ahead was Charlottenburg cleft by a great
+thoroughfare that fell like an indicating beam of light straight to the
+imperial headquarters. There, plain enough, was the Thiergarten; beyond
+rose the imperial palace, and to the right those tall buildings, those
+clustering, beflagged, bemasted roofs, must be the offices in which the
+Central European staff was housed. It was all coldly clear and
+colourless in the dawn.
+
+He looked up suddenly as a humming sound grew out of nothing and became
+swiftly louder. Nearly overhead a German aeroplane was circling down
+from an immense height to challenge him. He made a gesture with his
+left arm to the gloomy man behind and then gripped his little wheel
+with both hands, crouched over it, and twisted his neck to look upward.
+He was attentive, tightly strung, but quite contemptuous of their
+ability to hurt him. No German alive, he was assured, could outfly him,
+or indeed any one of the best Frenchmen. He imagined they might strike
+at him as a hawk strikes, but they were men coming down out of the
+bitter cold up there, in a hungry, spiritless, morning mood; they came
+slanting down like a sword swung by a lazy man, and not so rapidly but
+that he was able to slip away from under them and get between them and
+Berlin. They began challenging him in German with a megaphone when they
+were still perhaps a mile away. The words came to him, rolled up into a
+mere blob of hoarse sound. Then, gathering alarm from his grim silence,
+they gave chase and swept down, a hundred yards above him perhaps, and
+a couple of hundred behind. They were beginning to understand what he
+was. He ceased to watch them and concentrated himself on the city
+ahead, and for a time the two aeroplanes raced....
+
+A bullet came tearing through the air by him, as though some one was
+tearing paper. A second followed. Something tapped the machine.
+
+It was time to act. The broad avenues, the park, the palaces below
+rushed widening out nearer and nearer to them. ‘Ready!’ said the
+steersman.
+
+The gaunt face hardened to grimness, and with both hands the
+bomb-thrower lifted the big atomic bomb from the box and steadied it
+against the side. It was a black sphere two feet in diameter. Between
+its handles was a little celluloid stud, and to this he bent his head
+until his lips touched it. Then he had to bite in order to let the air
+in upon the inducive. Sure of its accessibility, he craned his neck
+over the side of the aeroplane and judged his pace and distance. Then
+very quickly he bent forward, bit the stud, and hoisted the bomb over
+the side.
+
+‘Round,’ he whispered inaudibly.
+
+The bomb flashed blinding scarlet in mid-air, and fell, a descending
+column of blaze eddying spirally in the midst of a whirlwind. Both the
+aeroplanes were tossed like shuttlecocks, hurled high and sideways and
+the steersman, with gleaming eyes and set teeth, fought in great
+banking curves for a balance. The gaunt man clung tight with hand and
+knees; his nostrils dilated, his teeth biting his lips. He was firmly
+strapped....
+
+When he could look down again it was like looking down upon the crater
+of a small volcano. In the open garden before the Imperial castle a
+shuddering star of evil splendour spurted and poured up smoke and flame
+towards them like an accusation. They were too high to distinguish
+people clearly, or mark the bomb’s effect upon the building until
+suddenly the facade tottered and crumbled before the flare as sugar
+dissolves in water. The man stared for a moment, showed all his long
+teeth, and then staggered into the cramped standing position his straps
+permitted, hoisted out and bit another bomb, and sent it down after its
+fellow.
+
+The explosion came this time more directly underneath the aeroplane and
+shot it upward edgeways. The bomb box tipped to the point of
+disgorgement, and the bomb-thrower was pitched forward upon the third
+bomb with his face close to its celluloid stud. He clutched its
+handles, and with a sudden gust of determination that the thing should
+not escape him, bit its stud. Before he could hurl it over, the
+monoplane was slipping sideways. Everything was falling sideways.
+Instinctively he gave himself up to gripping, his body holding the bomb
+in its place.
+
+Then that bomb had exploded also, and steersman, thrower, and aeroplane
+were just flying rags and splinters of metal and drops of moisture in
+the air, and a third column of fire rushed eddying down upon the doomed
+buildings below....
+
+Section 4
+
+Never before in the history of warfare had there been a continuing
+explosive; indeed, up to the middle of the twentieth century the only
+explosives known were combustibles whose explosiveness was due entirely
+to their instantaneousness; and these atomic bombs which science burst
+upon the world that night were strange even to the men who used them.
+Those used by the Allies were lumps of pure Carolinum, painted on the
+outside with unoxidised cydonator inducive enclosed hermetically in a
+case of membranium. A little celluloid stud between the handles by
+which the bomb was lifted was arranged so as to be easily torn off and
+admit air to the inducive, which at once became active and set up
+radio-activity in the outer layer of the Carolinum sphere. This
+liberated fresh inducive, and so in a few minutes the whole bomb was a
+blazing continual explosion. The Central European bombs were the same,
+except that they were larger and had a more complicated arrangement for
+animating the inducive.
+
+Always before in the development of warfare the shells and rockets
+fired had been but momentarily explosive, they had gone off in an
+instant once for all, and if there was nothing living or valuable
+within reach of the concussion and the flying fragments then they were
+spent and over. But Carolinum, which belonged to the β-Group of
+Hyslop’s so-called ‘suspended degenerator’ elements, once its
+degenerative process had been induced, continued a furious radiation of
+energy and nothing could arrest it. Of all Hyslop’s artificial
+elements, Carolinum was the most heavily stored with energy and the
+most dangerous to make and handle. To this day it remains the most
+potent degenerator known. What the earlier twentieth-century chemists
+called its half period was seventeen days; that is to say, it poured
+out half of the huge store of energy in its great molecules in the
+space of seventeen days, the next seventeen days’ emission was a half
+of that first period’s outpouring, and so on. As with all radio-active
+substances this Carolinum, though every seventeen days its power is
+halved, though constantly it diminishes towards the imperceptible, is
+never entirely exhausted, and to this day the battle-fields and bomb
+fields of that frantic time in human history are sprinkled with radiant
+matter, and so centres of inconvenient rays.
+
+What happened when the celluloid stud was opened was that the inducive
+oxidised and became active. Then the surface of the Carolinum began to
+degenerate. This degeneration passed only slowly into the substance of
+the bomb. A moment or so after its explosion began it was still mainly
+an inert sphere exploding superficially, a big, inanimate nucleus
+wrapped in flame and thunder. Those that were thrown from aeroplanes
+fell in this state, they reached the ground still mainly solid, and,
+melting soil and rock in their progress, bored into the earth. There,
+as more and more of the Carolinum became active, the bomb spread itself
+out into a monstrous cavern of fiery energy at the base of what became
+very speedily a miniature active volcano. The Carolinum, unable to
+disperse, freely drove into and mixed up with a boiling confusion of
+molten soil and superheated steam, and so remained spinning furiously
+and maintaining an eruption that lasted for years or months or weeks
+according to the size of the bomb employed and the chances of its
+dispersal. Once launched, the bomb was absolutely unapproachable and
+uncontrollable until its forces were nearly exhausted, and from the
+crater that burst open above it, puffs of heavy incandescent vapour and
+fragments of viciously punitive rock and mud, saturated with Carolinum,
+and each a centre of scorching and blistering energy, were flung high
+and far.
+
+Such was the crowning triumph of military science, the ultimate
+explosive that was to give the ‘decisive touch’ to war....
+
+Section 5
+
+A recent historical writer has described the world of that time as one
+that ‘believed in established words and was invincibly blind to the
+obvious in things.’ Certainly it seems now that nothing could have been
+more obvious to the people of the earlier twentieth century than the
+rapidity with which war was becoming impossible. And as certainly they
+did not see it. They did not see it until the atomic bombs burst in
+their fumbling hands. Yet the broad facts must have glared upon any
+intelligent mind. All through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
+the amount of energy that men were able to command was continually
+increasing. Applied to warfare that meant that the power to inflict a
+blow, the power to destroy, was continually increasing. There was no
+increase whatever in the ability to escape. Every sort of passive
+defence, armour, fortifications, and so forth, was being outmastered by
+this tremendous increase on the destructive side. Destruction was
+becoming so facile that any little body of malcontents could use it; it
+was revolutionising the problems of police and internal rule. Before
+the last war began it was a matter of common knowledge that a man could
+carry about in a handbag an amount of latent energy sufficient to wreck
+half a city. These facts were before the minds of everybody; the
+children in the streets knew them. And yet the world still, as the
+Americans used to phrase it, ‘fooled around’ with the paraphernalia and
+pretensions of war.
+
+It is only by realising this profound, this fantastic divorce between
+the scientific and intellectual movement on the one hand, and the world
+of the lawyer-politician on the other, that the men of a later time can
+hope to understand this preposterous state of affairs. Social
+organisation was still in the barbaric stage. There were already great
+numbers of actively intelligent men and much private and commercial
+civilisation, but the community, as a whole, was aimless, untrained and
+unorganised to the pitch of imbecility. Collective civilisation, the
+‘Modern State,’ was still in the womb of the future....
+
+Section 6
+
+But let us return to Frederick Barnet’s _Wander Jahre_ and its account
+of the experiences of a common man during the war time. While these
+terrific disclosures of scientific possibility were happening in Paris
+and Berlin, Barnet and his company were industriously entrenching
+themselves in Belgian Luxembourg.
+
+He tells of the mobilisation and of his summer day’s journey through
+the north of France and the Ardennes in a few vivid phrases. The
+country was browned by a warm summer, the trees a little touched with
+autumnal colour, and the wheat already golden. When they stopped for an
+hour at Hirson, men and women with tricolour badges upon the platform
+distributed cakes and glasses of beer to the thirsty soldiers, and
+there was much cheerfulness. ‘Such good, cool beer it was,’ he wrote.
+‘I had had nothing to eat nor drink since Epsom.’
+
+A number of monoplanes, ‘like giant swallows,’ he notes, were scouting
+in the pink evening sky.
+
+Barnet’s battalion was sent through the Sedan country to a place called
+Virton, and thence to a point in the woods on the line to Jemelle. Here
+they detrained, bivouacked uneasily by the railway—trains and stores
+were passing along it all night—and next morning he marched eastward
+through a cold, overcast dawn, and a morning, first cloudy and then
+blazing, over a large spacious country-side interspersed by forest
+towards Arlon.
+
+There the infantry were set to work upon a line of masked entrenchments
+and hidden rifle pits between St Hubert and Virton that were designed
+to check and delay any advance from the east upon the fortified line of
+the Meuse. They had their orders, and for two days they worked without
+either a sight of the enemy or any suspicion of the disaster that had
+abruptly decapitated the armies of Europe, and turned the west of Paris
+and the centre of Berlin into blazing miniatures of the destruction of
+Pompeii.
+
+And the news, when it did come, came attenuated. ‘We heard there had
+been mischief with aeroplanes and bombs in Paris,’ Barnet relates; ‘but
+it didn’t seem to follow that “They” weren’t still somewhere
+elaborating their plans and issuing orders. When the enemy began to
+emerge from the woods in front of us, we cheered and blazed away, and
+didn’t trouble much more about anything but the battle in hand. If now
+and then one cocked up an eye into the sky to see what was happening
+there, the rip of a bullet soon brought one down to the horizontal
+again....
+
+That battle went on for three days all over a great stretch of country
+between Louvain on the north and Longwy to the south. It was
+essentially a rifle and infantry struggle. The aeroplanes do not seem
+to have taken any decisive share in the actual fighting for some days,
+though no doubt they effected the strategy from the first by preventing
+surprise movements. They were aeroplanes with atomic engines, but they
+were not provided with atomic bombs, which were manifestly unsuitable
+for field use, nor indeed had they any very effective kind of bomb. And
+though they manœuvred against each other, and there was rifle shooting
+at them and between them, there was little actual aerial fighting.
+Either the airmen were indisposed to fight or the commanders on both
+sides preferred to reserve these machines for scouting....
+
+After a day or so of digging and scheming, Barnet found himself in the
+forefront of a battle. He had made his section of rifle pits chiefly
+along a line of deep dry ditch that gave a means of
+inter-communication, he had had the earth scattered over the adjacent
+field, and he had masked his preparations with tussocks of corn and
+poppy. The hostile advance came blindly and unsuspiciously across the
+fields below and would have been very cruelly handled indeed, if some
+one away to the right had not opened fire too soon.
+
+‘It was a queer thrill when these fellows came into sight,’ he
+confesses; ‘and not a bit like manœuvres. They halted for a time on the
+edge of the wood and then came forward in an open line. They kept
+walking nearer to us and not looking at us, but away to the right of
+us. Even when they began to be hit, and their officers’ whistles woke
+them up, they didn’t seem to see us. One or two halted to fire, and
+then they all went back towards the wood again. They went slowly at
+first, looking round at us, then the shelter of the wood seemed to draw
+them, and they trotted. I fired rather mechanically and missed, then I
+fired again, and then I became earnest to hit something, made sure of
+my sighting, and aimed very carefully at a blue back that was dodging
+about in the corn. At first I couldn’t satisfy myself and didn’t shoot,
+his movements were so spasmodic and uncertain; then I think he came to
+a ditch or some such obstacle and halted for a moment. “_Got_ you,” I
+whispered, and pulled the trigger.
+
+‘I had the strangest sensations about that man. In the first instance,
+when I felt that I had hit him I was irradiated with joy and pride....
+
+‘I sent him spinning. He jumped and threw up his arms....
+
+‘Then I saw the corn tops waving and had glimpses of him flapping
+about. Suddenly I felt sick. I hadn’t killed him....
+
+‘In some way he was disabled and smashed up and yet able to struggle
+about. I began to think....
+
+‘For nearly two hours that Prussian was agonising in the corn. Either
+he was calling out or some one was shouting to him....
+
+‘Then he jumped up—he seemed to try to get up upon his feet with one
+last effort; and then he fell like a sack and lay quite still and never
+moved again.
+
+‘He had been unendurable, and I believe some one had shot him dead. I
+had been wanting to do so for some time....’
+
+The enemy began sniping the rifle pits from shelters they made for
+themselves in the woods below. A man was hit in the pit next to Barnet,
+and began cursing and crying out in a violent rage. Barnet crawled
+along the ditch to him and found him in great pain, covered with blood,
+frantic with indignation, and with the half of his right hand smashed
+to a pulp. ‘Look at this,’ he kept repeating, hugging it and then
+extending it. ‘Damned foolery! Damned foolery! My right hand, sir! My
+right hand!’
+
+For some time Barnet could do nothing with him. The man was consumed by
+his tortured realisation of the evil silliness of war, the realisation
+which had come upon him in a flash with the bullet that had destroyed
+his skill and use as an artificer for ever. He was looking at the
+vestiges with a horror that made him impenetrable to any other idea. At
+last the poor wretch let Barnet tie up his bleeding stump and help him
+along the ditch that conducted him deviously out of range....
+
+When Barnet returned his men were already calling out for water, and
+all day long the line of pits suffered greatly from thirst. For food
+they had chocolate and bread.
+
+‘At first,’ he says, ‘I was extraordinarily excited by my baptism of
+fire. Then as the heat of the day came on I experienced an enormous
+tedium and discomfort. The flies became extremely troublesome, and my
+little grave of a rifle pit was invaded by ants. I could not get up or
+move about, for some one in the trees had got a mark on me. I kept
+thinking of the dead Prussian down among the corn, and of the bitter
+outcries of my own man. Damned foolery! It _was_ damned foolery. But
+who was to blame? How had we got to this? . . .
+
+‘Early in the afternoon an aeroplane tried to dislodge us with dynamite
+bombs, but she was hit by bullets once or twice, and suddenly dived
+down over beyond the trees.
+
+‘“From Holland to the Alps this day,” I thought, “there must be
+crouching and lying between half and a million of men, trying to
+inflict irreparable damage upon one another. The thing is idiotic to
+the pitch of impossibility. It is a dream. Presently I shall wake up.”
+. . .
+
+‘Then the phrase changed itself in my mind. “Presently mankind will
+wake up.”
+
+‘I lay speculating just how many thousands of men there were among
+these hundreds of thousands, whose spirits were in rebellion against
+all these ancient traditions of flag and empire. Weren’t we, perhaps,
+already in the throes of the last crisis, in that darkest moment of a
+nightmare’s horror before the sleeper will endure no more of it—and
+wakes?
+
+‘I don’t know how my speculations ended. I think they were not so much
+ended as distracted by the distant thudding of the guns that were
+opening fire at long range upon Namur.’
+
+Section 7
+
+But as yet Barnet had seen no more than the mildest beginnings of
+modern warfare. So far he had taken part only in a little shooting. The
+bayonet attack by which the advanced line was broken was made at a
+place called Croix Rouge, more than twenty miles away, and that night
+under cover of the darkness the rifle pits were abandoned and he got
+his company away without further loss.
+
+His regiment fell back unpressed behind the fortified lines between
+Namur and Sedan, entrained at a station called Mettet, and was sent
+northward by Antwerp and Rotterdam to Haarlem. Hence they marched into
+North Holland. It was only after the march into Holland that he began
+to realise the monstrous and catastrophic nature of the struggle in
+which he was playing his undistinguished part.
+
+He describes very pleasantly the journey through the hills and open
+land of Brabant, the repeated crossing of arms of the Rhine, and the
+change from the undulating scenery of Belgium to the flat, rich
+meadows, the sunlit dyke roads, and the countless windmills of the
+Dutch levels. In those days there was unbroken land from Alkmaar and
+Leiden to the Dollart. Three great provinces, South Holland, North
+Holland, and Zuiderzeeland, reclaimed at various times between the
+early tenth century and 1945 and all many feet below the level of the
+waves outside the dykes, spread out their lush polders to the northern
+sun and sustained a dense industrious population. An intricate web of
+laws and custom and tradition ensured a perpetual vigilance and a
+perpetual defence against the beleaguering sea. For more than two
+hundred and fifty miles from Walcheren to Friesland stretched a line of
+embankments and pumping stations that was the admiration of the world.
+
+If some curious god had chosen to watch the course of events in those
+northern provinces while that flanking march of the British was in
+progress, he would have found a convenient and appropriate seat for his
+observation upon one of the great cumulus clouds that were drifting
+slowly across the blue sky during all these eventful days before the
+great catastrophe. For that was the quality of the weather, hot and
+clear, with something of a breeze, and underfoot dry and a little
+inclined to be dusty. This watching god would have looked down upon
+broad stretches of sunlit green, sunlit save for the creeping patches
+of shadow cast by the clouds, upon sky-reflecting meres, fringed and
+divided up by masses of willow and large areas of silvery weeds, upon
+white roads lying bare to the sun and upon a tracery of blue canals.
+The pastures were alive with cattle, the roads had a busy traffic, of
+beasts and bicycles and gaily coloured peasants’ automobiles, the hues
+of the innumerable motor barges in the canal vied with the eventfulness
+of the roadways; and everywhere in solitary steadings, amidst ricks and
+barns, in groups by the wayside, in straggling villages, each with its
+fine old church, or in compact towns laced with canals and abounding in
+bridges and clipped trees, were human habitations.
+
+The people of this country-side were not belligerents. The interests
+and sympathies alike of Holland had been so divided that to the end she
+remained undecided and passive in the struggle of the world powers. And
+everywhere along the roads taken by the marching armies clustered
+groups and crowds of impartially observant spectators, women and
+children in peculiar white caps and old-fashioned sabots, and elderly,
+clean-shaven men quietly thoughtful over their long pipes. They had no
+fear of their invaders; the days when ‘soldiering’ meant bands of
+licentious looters had long since passed away....
+
+That watcher among the clouds would have seen a great distribution of
+khaki-uniformed men and khaki-painted material over the whole of the
+sunken area of Holland. He would have marked the long trains, packed
+with men or piled with great guns and war material, creeping slowly,
+alert for train-wreckers, along the north-going lines; he would have
+seen the Scheldt and Rhine choked with shipping, and pouring out still
+more men and still more material; he would have noticed halts and
+provisionings and detrainments, and the long, bustling caterpillars of
+cavalry and infantry, the maggot-like wagons, the huge beetles of great
+guns, crawling under the poplars along the dykes and roads northward,
+along ways lined by the neutral, unmolested, ambiguously observant
+Dutch. All the barges and shipping upon the canals had been
+requisitioned for transport. In that clear, bright, warm weather, it
+would all have looked from above like some extravagant festival of
+animated toys.
+
+As the sun sank westward the spectacle must have become a little
+indistinct because of a golden haze; everything must have become warmer
+and more glowing, and because of the lengthening of the shadows more
+manifestly in relief. The shadows of the tall churches grew longer and
+longer, until they touched the horizon and mingled in the universal
+shadow; and then, slow, and soft, and wrapping the world in fold after
+fold of deepening blue, came the night—the night at first obscurely
+simple, and then with faint points here and there, and then jewelled in
+darkling splendour with a hundred thousand lights. Out of that mingling
+of darkness and ambiguous glares the noise of an unceasing activity
+would have arisen, the louder and plainer now because there was no
+longer any distraction of sight.
+
+It may be that watcher drifting in the pellucid gulf beneath the stars
+watched all through the night; it may be that he dozed. But if he gave
+way to so natural a proclivity, assuredly on the fourth night of the
+great flank march he was aroused, for that was the night of the battle
+in the air that decided the fate of Holland. The aeroplanes were
+fighting at last, and suddenly about him, above and below, with cries
+and uproar rushing out of the four quarters of heaven, striking,
+plunging, oversetting, soaring to the zenith and dropping to the
+ground, they came to assail or defend the myriads below.
+
+Secretly the Central European power had gathered his flying machines
+together, and now he threw them as a giant might fling a handful of ten
+thousand knives over the low country. And amidst that swarming flight
+were five that drove headlong for the sea walls of Holland, carrying
+atomic bombs. From north and west and south, the allied aeroplanes rose
+in response and swept down upon this sudden attack. So it was that war
+in the air began. Men rode upon the whirlwind that night and slew and
+fell like archangels. The sky rained heroes upon the astonished earth.
+Surely the last fights of mankind were the best. What was the heavy
+pounding of your Homeric swordsmen, what was the creaking charge of
+chariots, beside this swift rush, this crash, this giddy triumph, this
+headlong swoop to death?
+
+And then athwart this whirling rush of aerial duels that swooped and
+locked and dropped in the void between the lamp-lights and the stars,
+came a great wind and a crash louder than thunder, and first one and
+then a score of lengthening fiery serpents plunged hungrily down upon
+the Dutchmen’s dykes and struck between land and sea and flared up
+again in enormous columns of glare and crimsoned smoke and steam.
+
+And out of the darkness leapt the little land, with its spires and
+trees, aghast with terror, still and distinct, and the sea, tumbled
+with anger, red-foaming like a sea of blood....
+
+Over the populous country below went a strange multitudinous crying and
+a flurry of alarm bells....
+
+The surviving aeroplanes turned about and fled out of the sky, like
+things that suddenly know themselves to be wicked....
+
+Through a dozen thunderously flaming gaps that no water might quench,
+the waves came roaring in upon the land....
+
+Section 8
+
+‘We had cursed our luck,’ says Barnet, ‘that we could not get to our
+quarters at Alkmaar that night. There, we were told, were provisions,
+tobacco, and everything for which we craved. But the main canal from
+Zaandam and Amsterdam was hopelessly jammed with craft, and we were
+glad of a chance opening that enabled us to get out of the main column
+and lie up in a kind of little harbour very much neglected and
+weedgrown before a deserted house. We broke into this and found some
+herrings in a barrel, a heap of cheeses, and stone bottles of gin in
+the cellar; and with this I cheered my starving men. We made fires and
+toasted the cheese and grilled our herrings. None of us had slept for
+nearly forty hours, and I determined to stay in this refuge until dawn
+and then if the traffic was still choked leave the barge and march the
+rest of the way into Alkmaar.
+
+‘This place we had got into was perhaps a hundred yards from the canal
+and underneath a little brick bridge we could see the flotilla still,
+and hear the voices of the soldiers. Presently five or six other barges
+came through and lay up in the mere near by us, and with two of these,
+full of men of the Antrim regiment, I shared my find of provisions. In
+return we got tobacco. A large expanse of water spread to the westward
+of us and beyond were a cluster of roofs and one or two church towers.
+The barge was rather cramped for so many men, and I let several squads,
+thirty or forty perhaps altogether, bivouac on the bank. I did not let
+them go into the house on account of the furniture, and I left a note
+of indebtedness for the food we had taken. We were particularly glad of
+our tobacco and fires, because of the numerous mosquitoes that rose
+about us.
+
+‘The gate of the house from which we had provisioned ourselves was
+adorned with the legend, _Vreugde bij Vrede_, “Joy with Peace,” and it
+bore every mark of the busy retirement of a comfort-loving proprietor.
+I went along his garden, which was gay and delightful with big bushes
+of rose and sweet brier, to a quaint little summer-house, and there I
+sat and watched the men in groups cooking and squatting along the bank.
+The sun was setting in a nearly cloudless sky.
+
+‘For the last two weeks I had been a wholly occupied man, intent only
+upon obeying the orders that came down to me. All through this time I
+had been working to the very limit of my mental and physical faculties,
+and my only moments of rest had been devoted to snatches of sleep. Now
+came this rare, unexpected interlude, and I could look detachedly upon
+what I was doing and feel something of its infinite wonderfulness. I
+was irradiated with affection for the men of my company and with
+admiration at their cheerful acquiescence in the subordination and
+needs of our positions. I watched their proceedings and heard their
+pleasant voices. How willing those men were! How ready to accept
+leadership and forget themselves in collective ends! I thought how
+manfully they had gone through all the strains and toil of the last two
+weeks, how they had toughened and shaken down to comradeship together,
+and how much sweetness there is after all in our foolish human blood.
+For they were just one casual sample of the species—their patience and
+readiness lay, as the energy of the atom had lain, still waiting to be
+properly utilised. Again it came to me with overpowering force that the
+supreme need of our race is leading, that the supreme task is to
+discover leading, to forget oneself in realising the collective purpose
+of the race. Once more I saw life plain....’
+
+Very characteristic is that of the ‘rather too corpulent’ young
+officer, who was afterwards to set it all down in the _Wander Jahre_.
+Very characteristic, too, it is of the change in men’s hearts that was
+even then preparing a new phase of human history.
+
+He goes on to write of the escape from individuality in science and
+service, and of his discovery of this ‘salvation.’ All that was then,
+no doubt, very moving and original; now it seems only the most obvious
+commonplace of human life.
+
+The glow of the sunset faded, the twilight deepened into night. The
+fires burnt the brighter, and some Irishmen away across the mere
+started singing. But Barnet’s men were too weary for that sort of
+thing, and soon the bank and the barge were heaped with sleeping forms.
+
+‘I alone seemed unable to sleep. I suppose I was over-weary, and after
+a little feverish slumber by the tiller of the barge I sat up, awake
+and uneasy....
+
+‘That night Holland seemed all sky. There was just a little black lower
+rim to things, a steeple, perhaps, or a line of poplars, and then the
+great hemisphere swept over us. As at first the sky was empty. Yet my
+uneasiness referred itself in some vague way to the sky.
+
+‘And now I was melancholy. I found something strangely sorrowful and
+submissive in the sleepers all about me, those men who had marched so
+far, who had left all the established texture of their lives behind
+them to come upon this mad campaign, this campaign that signified
+nothing and consumed everything, this mere fever of fighting. I saw how
+little and feeble is the life of man, a thing of chances,
+preposterously unable to find the will to realise even the most timid
+of its dreams. And I wondered if always it would be so, if man was a
+doomed animal who would never to the last days of his time take hold of
+fate and change it to his will. Always, it may be, he will remain
+kindly but jealous, desirous but discursive, able and unwisely
+impulsive, until Saturn who begot him shall devour him in his turn....
+
+‘I was roused from these thoughts by the sudden realisation of the
+presence of a squadron of aeroplanes far away to the north-east and
+very high. They looked like little black dashes against the midnight
+blue. I remember that I looked up at them at first rather idly—as one
+might notice a flight of birds. Then I perceived that they were only
+the extreme wing of a great fleet that was advancing in a long line
+very swiftly from the direction of the frontier and my attention
+tightened.
+
+‘Directly I saw that fleet I was astonished not to have seen it before.
+
+‘I stood up softly, undesirous of disturbing my companions, but with my
+heart beating now rather more rapidly with surprise and excitement. I
+strained my ears for any sound of guns along our front. Almost
+instinctively I turned about for protection to the south and west, and
+peered; and then I saw coming as fast and much nearer to me, as if they
+had sprung out of the darkness, three banks of aeroplanes; a group of
+squadrons very high, a main body at a height perhaps of one or two
+thousand feet, and a doubtful number flying low and very indistinct.
+The middle ones were so thick they kept putting out groups of stars.
+And I realised that after all there was to be fighting in the air.
+
+‘There was something extraordinarily strange in this swift, noiseless
+convergence of nearly invisible combatants above the sleeping hosts.
+Every one about me was still unconscious; there was no sign as yet of
+any agitation among the shipping on the main canal, whose whole course,
+dotted with unsuspicious lights and fringed with fires, must have been
+clearly perceptible from above. Then a long way off towards Alkmaar I
+heard bugles, and after that shots, and then a wild clamour of bells. I
+determined to let my men sleep on for as long as they could....
+
+‘The battle was joined with the swiftness of dreaming. I do not think
+it can have been five minutes from the moment when I first became aware
+of the Central European air fleet to the contact of the two forces. I
+saw it quite plainly in silhouette against the luminous blue of the
+northern sky. The allied aeroplanes—they were mostly French—came
+pouring down like a fierce shower upon the middle of the Central
+European fleet. They looked exactly like a coarser sort of rain. There
+was a crackling sound—the first sound I heard—it reminded one of the
+Aurora Borealis, and I supposed it was an interchange of rifle shots.
+There were flashes like summer lightning; and then all the sky became a
+whirling confusion of battle that was still largely noiseless. Some of
+the Central European aeroplanes were certainly charged and overset;
+others seemed to collapse and fall and then flare out with so bright a
+light that it took the edge off one’s vision and made the rest of the
+battle disappear as though it had been snatched back out of sight.
+
+‘And then, while I still peered and tried to shade these flames from my
+eyes with my hand, and while the men about me were beginning to stir,
+the atomic bombs were thrown at the dykes. They made a mighty thunder
+in the air, and fell like Lucifer in the picture, leaving a flaring
+trail in the sky. The night, which had been pellucid and detailed and
+eventful, seemed to vanish, to be replaced abruptly by a black
+background to these tremendous pillars of fire....
+
+‘Hard upon the sound of them came a roaring wind, and the sky was
+filled with flickering lightnings and rushing clouds....
+
+‘There was something discontinuous in this impact. At one moment I was
+a lonely watcher in a sleeping world; the next saw every one about me
+afoot, the whole world awake and amazed....
+
+‘And then the wind had struck me a buffet, taken my helmet and swept
+aside the summerhouse of _Vreugde bij Vrede_, as a scythe sweeps away
+grass. I saw the bombs fall, and then watched a great crimson flare
+leap responsive to each impact, and mountainous masses of red-lit steam
+and flying fragments clamber up towards the zenith. Against the glare I
+saw the country-side for miles standing black and clear, churches,
+trees, chimneys. And suddenly I understood. The Central Europeans had
+burst the dykes. Those flares meant the bursting of the dykes, and in a
+little while the sea-water would be upon us....’
+
+He goes on to tell with a certain prolixity of the steps he took—and
+all things considered they were very intelligent steps—to meet this
+amazing crisis. He got his men aboard and hailed the adjacent barges;
+he got the man who acted as barge engineer at his post and the engines
+working, he cast loose from his moorings. Then he bethought himself of
+food, and contrived to land five men, get in a few dozen cheeses, and
+ship his men again before the inundation reached them.
+
+He is reasonably proud of this piece of coolness. His idea was to take
+the wave head-on and with his engines full speed ahead. And all the
+while he was thanking heaven he was not in the jam of traffic in the
+main canal. He rather, I think, overestimated the probable rush of
+waters; he dreaded being swept away, he explains, and smashed against
+houses and trees.
+
+He does not give any estimate of the time it took between the bursting
+of the dykes and the arrival of the waters, but it was probably an
+interval of about twenty minutes or half an hour. He was working now in
+darkness—save for the light of his lantern—and in a great wind. He hung
+out head and stern lights....
+
+Whirling torrents of steam were pouring up from the advancing waters,
+which had rushed, it must be remembered, through nearly incandescent
+gaps in the sea defences, and this vast uprush of vapour soon veiled
+the flaring centres of explosion altogether.
+
+‘The waters came at last, an advancing cascade. It was like a broad
+roller sweeping across the country. They came with a deep, roaring
+sound. I had expected a Niagara, but the total fall of the front could
+not have been much more than twelve feet. Our barge hesitated for a
+moment, took a dose over her bows, and then lifted. I signalled for
+full speed ahead and brought her head upstream, and held on like grim
+death to keep her there.
+
+‘There was a wind about as strong as the flood, and I found we were
+pounding against every conceivable buoyant object that had been between
+us and the sea. The only light in the world now came from our lamps,
+the steam became impenetrable at a score of yards from the boat, and
+the roar of the wind and water cut us off from all remoter sounds. The
+black, shining waters swirled by, coming into the light of our lamps
+out of an ebony blackness and vanishing again into impenetrable black.
+And on the waters came shapes, came things that flashed upon us for a
+moment, now a half-submerged boat, now a cow, now a huge fragment of a
+house’s timberings, now a muddle of packing-cases and scaffolding. The
+things clapped into sight like something shown by the opening of a
+shutter, and then bumped shatteringly against us or rushed by us. Once
+I saw very clearly a man’s white face....
+
+‘All the while a group of labouring, half-submerged trees remained
+ahead of us, drawing very slowly nearer. I steered a course to avoid
+them. They seemed to gesticulate a frantic despair against the black
+steam clouds behind. Once a great branch detached itself and tore
+shuddering by me. We did, on the whole, make headway. The last I saw of
+_Vreugde bij Vrede_ before the night swallowed it, was almost dead
+astern of us....’
+
+Section 9
+
+Morning found Barnet still afloat. The bows of his barge had been badly
+strained, and his men were pumping or baling in relays. He had got
+about a dozen half-drowned people aboard whose boat had capsized near
+him, and he had three other boats in tow. He was afloat, and somewhere
+between Amsterdam and Alkmaar, but he could not tell where. It was a
+day that was still half night. Gray waters stretched in every direction
+under a dark gray sky, and out of the waves rose the upper parts of
+houses, in many cases ruined, the tops of trees, windmills, in fact the
+upper third of all the familiar Dutch scenery; and on it there drifted
+a dimly seen flotilla of barges, small boats, many overturned,
+furniture, rafts, timbering, and miscellaneous objects.
+
+The drowned were under water that morning. Only here and there did a
+dead cow or a stiff figure still clinging stoutly to a box or chair or
+such-like buoy hint at the hidden massacre. It was not till the
+Thursday that the dead came to the surface in any quantity. The view
+was bounded on every side by a gray mist that closed overhead in a gray
+canopy. The air cleared in the afternoon, and then, far away to the
+west under great banks of steam and dust, the flaming red eruption of
+the atomic bombs came visible across the waste of water.
+
+They showed flat and sullen through the mist, like London sunsets.
+‘They sat upon the sea,’ says Barnet, ‘like frayed-out waterlilies of
+flame.’
+
+Barnet seems to have spent the morning in rescue work along the track
+of the canal, in helping people who were adrift, in picking up derelict
+boats, and in taking people out of imperilled houses. He found other
+military barges similarly employed, and it was only as the day wore on
+and the immediate appeals for aid were satisfied that he thought of
+food and drink for his men, and what course he had better pursue. They
+had a little cheese, but no water. ‘Orders,’ that mysterious direction,
+had at last altogether disappeared. He perceived he had now to act upon
+his own responsibility.
+
+‘One’s sense was of a destruction so far-reaching and of a world so
+altered that it seemed foolish to go in any direction and expect to
+find things as they had been before the war began. I sat on the
+quarter-deck with Mylius my engineer and Kemp and two others of the
+non-commissioned officers, and we consulted upon our line of action. We
+were foodless and aimless. We agreed that our fighting value was
+extremely small, and that our first duty was to get ourselves in touch
+with food and instructions again. Whatever plan of campaign had
+directed our movements was manifestly smashed to bits. Mylius was of
+opinion that we could take a line westward and get back to England
+across the North Sea. He calculated that with such a motor barge as
+ours it would be possible to reach the Yorkshire coast within
+four-and-twenty hours. But this idea I overruled because of the
+shortness of our provisions, and more particularly because of our
+urgent need of water.
+
+‘Every boat we drew near now hailed us for water, and their demands did
+much to exasperate our thirst. I decided that if we went away to the
+south we should reach hilly country, or at least country that was not
+submerged, and then we should be able to land, find some stream, drink,
+and get supplies and news. Many of the barges adrift in the haze about
+us were filled with British soldiers and had floated up from the Nord
+See Canal, but none of them were any better informed than ourselves of
+the course of events. “Orders” had, in fact, vanished out of the sky.
+
+‘“Orders” made a temporary reappearance late that evening in the form
+of a megaphone hail from a British torpedo boat, announcing a truce,
+and giving the welcome information that food and water were being
+hurried down the Rhine and were to be found on the barge flotilla lying
+over the old Rhine above Leiden.’...
+
+We will not follow Barnet, however, in the description of his strange
+overland voyage among trees and houses and churches by Zaandam and
+between Haarlem and Amsterdam, to Leiden. It was a voyage in a red-lit
+mist, in a world of steamy silhouette, full of strange voices and
+perplexity, and with every other sensation dominated by a feverish
+thirst. ‘We sat,’ he says, ‘in a little huddled group, saying very
+little, and the men forward were mere knots of silent endurance. Our
+only continuing sound was the persistent mewing of a cat one of the men
+had rescued from a floating hayrick near Zaandam. We kept a southward
+course by a watch-chain compass Mylius had produced....
+
+‘I do not think any of us felt we belonged to a defeated army, nor had
+we any strong sense of the war as the dominating fact about us. Our
+mental setting had far more of the effect of a huge natural
+catastrophe. The atomic bombs had dwarfed the international issues to
+complete insignificance. When our minds wandered from the
+preoccupations of our immediate needs, we speculated upon the
+possibility of stopping the use of these frightful explosives before
+the world was utterly destroyed. For to us it seemed quite plain that
+these bombs and the still greater power of destruction of which they
+were the precursors might quite easily shatter every relationship and
+institution of mankind.
+
+‘“What will they be doing,” asked Mylius, “what will they be doing?
+It’s plain we’ve got to put an end to war. It’s plain things have to be
+run some way. _This_—all this—is impossible.”
+
+‘I made no immediate answer. Something—I cannot think what—had brought
+back to me the figure of that man I had seen wounded on the very first
+day of actual fighting. I saw again his angry, tearful eyes, and that
+poor, dripping, bloody mess that had been a skilful human hand five
+minutes before, thrust out in indignant protest. “Damned foolery,” he
+had stormed and sobbed, “damned foolery. My right hand, sir! My _right_
+hand. . . .”
+
+‘My faith had for a time gone altogether out of me. “I think we are
+too—too silly,” I said to Mylius, “ever to stop war. If we’d had the
+sense to do it, we should have done it before this. I think this——” I
+pointed to the gaunt black outline of a smashed windmill that stuck up,
+ridiculous and ugly, above the blood-lit waters—“this is the end.”’
+
+Section 10
+
+But now our history must part company with Frederick Barnet and his
+barge-load of hungry and starving men.
+
+For a time in western Europe at least it was indeed as if civilisation
+had come to a final collapse. These crowning buds upon the tradition
+that Napoleon planted and Bismarck watered, opened and flared ‘like
+waterlilies of flame’ over nations destroyed, over churches smashed or
+submerged, towns ruined, fields lost to mankind for ever, and a million
+weltering bodies. Was this lesson enough for mankind, or would the
+flames of war still burn amidst the ruins?
+
+Neither Barnet nor his companions, it is clear, had any assurance in
+their answers to that question. Already once in the history of mankind,
+in America, before its discovery by the whites, an organised
+civilisation had given way to a mere cult of warfare, specialised and
+cruel, and it seemed for a time to many a thoughtful man as if the
+whole world was but to repeat on a larger scale this ascendancy of the
+warrior, this triumph of the destructive instincts of the race.
+
+The subsequent chapters of Barnet’s narrative do but supply body to
+this tragic possibility. He gives a series of vignettes of
+civilisation, shattered, it seemed, almost irreparably. He found the
+Belgian hills swarming with refugees and desolated by cholera; the
+vestiges of the contending armies keeping order under a truce, without
+actual battles, but with the cautious hostility of habit, and a great
+absence of plan everywhere.
+
+Overhead aeroplanes went on mysterious errands, and there were rumours
+of cannibalism and hysterical fanaticisms in the valleys of the Semoy
+and the forest region of the eastern Ardennes. There was the report of
+an attack upon Russia by the Chinese and Japanese, and of some huge
+revolutionary outbreak in America. The weather was stormier than men
+had ever known it in those regions, with much thunder and lightning and
+wild cloud-bursts of rain....
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THE THIRD
+THE ENDING OF WAR
+
+
+Section 1
+
+On the mountain-side above the town of Brissago and commanding two long
+stretches of Lake Maggiore, looking eastward to Bellinzona, and
+southward to Luino, there is a shelf of grass meadows which is very
+beautiful in springtime with a great multitude of wild flowers. More
+particularly is this so in early June, when the slender asphodel Saint
+Bruno’s lily, with its spike of white blossom, is in flower. To the
+westward of this delightful shelf there is a deep and densely wooded
+trench, a great gulf of blue some mile or so in width out of which
+arise great precipices very high and wild. Above the asphodel fields
+the mountains climb in rocky slopes to solitudes of stone and sunlight
+that curve round and join that wall of cliffs in one common skyline.
+This desolate and austere background contrasts very vividly with the
+glowing serenity of the great lake below, with the spacious view of
+fertile hills and roads and villages and islands to south and east, and
+with the hotly golden rice flats of the Val Maggia to the north. And
+because it was a remote and insignificant place, far away out of the
+crowding tragedies of that year of disaster, away from burning cities
+and starving multitudes, bracing and tranquillising and hidden, it was
+here that there gathered the conference of rulers that was to arrest,
+if possible, before it was too late, the _débâcle_ of civilisation.
+Here, brought together by the indefatigable energy of that impassioned
+humanitarian, Leblanc, the French ambassador at Washington, the chief
+Powers of the world were to meet in a last desperate conference to
+‘save humanity.’
+
+Leblanc was one of those ingenuous men whose lot would have been
+insignificant in any period of security, but who have been caught up to
+an immortal _rôle_ in history by the sudden simplification of human
+affairs through some tragical crisis, to the measure of their
+simplicity. Such a man was Abraham Lincoln, and such was Garibaldi. And
+Leblanc, with his transparent childish innocence, his entire
+self-forgetfulness, came into this confusion of distrust and intricate
+disaster with an invincible appeal for the manifest sanities of the
+situation. His voice, when he spoke, was ‘full of remonstrance.’ He was
+a little bald, spectacled man, inspired by that intellectual idealism
+which has been one of the peculiar gifts of France to humanity. He was
+possessed of one clear persuasion, that war must end, and that the only
+way to end war was to have but one government for mankind. He brushed
+aside all other considerations. At the very outbreak of the war, so
+soon as the two capitals of the belligerents had been wrecked, he went
+to the president in the White House with this proposal. He made it as
+if it was a matter of course. He was fortunate to be in Washington and
+in touch with that gigantic childishness which was the characteristic
+of the American imagination. For the Americans also were among the
+simple peoples by whom the world was saved. He won over the American
+president and the American government to his general ideas; at any rate
+they supported him sufficiently to give him a standing with the more
+sceptical European governments, and with this backing he set to work—it
+seemed the most fantastic of enterprises—to bring together all the
+rulers of the world and unify them. He wrote innumerable letters, he
+sent messages, he went desperate journeys, he enlisted whatever support
+he could find; no one was too humble for an ally or too obstinate for
+his advances; through the terrible autumn of the last wars this
+persistent little visionary in spectacles must have seemed rather like
+a hopeful canary twittering during a thunderstorm. And no accumulation
+of disasters daunted his conviction that they could be ended.
+
+For the whole world was flaring then into a monstrous phase of
+destruction. Power after Power about the armed globe sought to
+anticipate attack by aggression. They went to war in a delirium of
+panic, in order to use their bombs first. China and Japan had assailed
+Russia and destroyed Moscow, the United States had attacked Japan,
+India was in anarchistic revolt with Delhi a pit of fire spouting death
+and flame; the redoubtable King of the Balkans was mobilising. It must
+have seemed plain at last to every one in those days that the world was
+slipping headlong to anarchy. By the spring of 1959 from nearly two
+hundred centres, and every week added to their number, roared the
+unquenchable crimson conflagrations of the atomic bombs, the flimsy
+fabric of the world’s credit had vanished, industry was completely
+disorganised and every city, every thickly populated area was starving
+or trembled on the verge of starvation. Most of the capital cities of
+the world were burning; millions of people had already perished, and
+over great areas government was at an end. Humanity has been compared
+by one contemporary writer to a sleeper who handles matches in his
+sleep and wakes to find himself in flames.
+
+For many months it was an open question whether there was to be found
+throughout all the race the will and intelligence to face these new
+conditions and make even an attempt to arrest the downfall of the
+social order. For a time the war spirit defeated every effort to rally
+the forces of preservation and construction. Leblanc seemed to be
+protesting against earthquakes, and as likely to find a spirit of
+reason in the crater of Etna. Even though the shattered official
+governments now clamoured for peace, bands of irreconcilables and
+invincible patriots, usurpers, adventurers, and political desperadoes,
+were everywhere in possession of the simple apparatus for the
+disengagement of atomic energy and the initiation of new centres of
+destruction. The stuff exercised an irresistible fascination upon a
+certain type of mind. Why should any one give in while he can still
+destroy his enemies? Surrender? While there is still a chance of
+blowing them to dust? The power of destruction which had once been the
+ultimate privilege of government was now the only power left in the
+world—and it was everywhere. There were few thoughtful men during that
+phase of blazing waste who did not pass through such moods of despair
+as Barnet describes, and declare with him: ‘This is the end....’
+
+And all the while Leblanc was going to and fro with glittering glasses
+and an inexhaustible persuasiveness, urging the manifest reasonableness
+of his view upon ears that ceased presently to be inattentive. Never at
+any time did he betray a doubt that all this chaotic conflict would
+end. No nurse during a nursery uproar was ever so certain of the
+inevitable ultimate peace. From being treated as an amiable dreamer he
+came by insensible degrees to be regarded as an extravagant
+possibility. Then he began to seem even practicable. The people who
+listened to him in 1958 with a smiling impatience, were eager before
+1959 was four months old to know just exactly what he thought might be
+done. He answered with the patience of a philosopher and the lucidity
+of a Frenchman. He began to receive responses of a more and more
+hopeful type. He came across the Atlantic to Italy, and there he
+gathered in the promises for this congress. He chose those high meadows
+above Brissago for the reasons we have stated. ‘We must get away,’ he
+said, ‘from old associations.’ He set to work requisitioning material
+for his conference with an assurance that was justified by the replies.
+With a slight incredulity the conference which was to begin a new order
+in the world, gathered itself together. Leblanc summoned it without
+arrogance, he controlled it by virtue of an infinite humility. Men
+appeared upon those upland slopes with the apparatus for wireless
+telegraphy; others followed with tents and provisions; a little cable
+was flung down to a convenient point upon the Locarno road below.
+Leblanc arrived, sedulously directing every detail that would affect
+the tone of the assembly. He might have been a courier in advance
+rather than the originator of the gathering. And then there arrived,
+some by the cable, most by aeroplane, a few in other fashions, the men
+who had been called together to confer upon the state of the world. It
+was to be a conference without a name. Nine monarchs, the presidents of
+four republics, a number of ministers and ambassadors, powerful
+journalists, and such-like prominent and influential men, took part in
+it. There were even scientific men; and that world-famous old man,
+Holsten, came with the others to contribute his amateur statecraft to
+the desperate problem of the age. Only Leblanc would have dared so to
+summon figure heads and powers and intelligence, or have had the
+courage to hope for their agreement....
+
+Section 2
+
+And one at least of those who were called to this conference of
+governments came to it on foot. This was King Egbert, the young king of
+the most venerable kingdom in Europe. He was a rebel, and had always
+been of deliberate choice a rebel against the magnificence of his
+position. He affected long pedestrian tours and a disposition to sleep
+in the open air. He came now over the Pass of Sta Maria Maggiore and by
+boat up the lake to Brissago; thence he walked up the mountain, a
+pleasant path set with oaks and sweet chestnut. For provision on the
+walk, for he did not want to hurry, he carried with him a pocketful of
+bread and cheese. A certain small retinue that was necessary to his
+comfort and dignity upon occasions of state he sent on by the cable
+car, and with him walked his private secretary, Firmin, a man who had
+thrown up the Professorship of World Politics in the London School of
+Sociology, Economics, and Political Science, to take up these duties.
+Firmin was a man of strong rather than rapid thought, he had
+anticipated great influence in this new position, and after some years
+he was still only beginning to apprehend how largely his function was
+to listen. Originally he had been something of a thinker upon
+international politics, an authority upon tariffs and strategy, and a
+valued contributor to various of the higher organs of public opinion,
+but the atomic bombs had taken him by surprise, and he had still to
+recover completely from his pre-atomic opinions and the silencing
+effect of those sustained explosives.
+
+The king’s freedom from the trammels of etiquette was very complete. In
+theory—and he abounded in theory—his manners were purely democratic. It
+was by sheer habit and inadvertency that he permitted Firmin, who had
+discovered a rucksack in a small shop in the town below, to carry both
+bottles of beer. The king had never, as a matter of fact, carried
+anything for himself in his life, and he had never noted that he did
+not do so.
+
+‘We will have nobody with us,’ he said, ‘at all. We will be perfectly
+simple.’
+
+So Firmin carried the beer.
+
+As they walked up—it was the king made the pace rather than Firmin—they
+talked of the conference before them, and Firmin, with a certain want
+of assurance that would have surprised him in himself in the days of
+his Professorship, sought to define the policy of his companion. ‘In
+its broader form, sir,’ said Firmin; ‘I admit a certain plausibility in
+this project of Leblanc’s, but I feel that although it may be advisable
+to set up some sort of general control for International affairs—a sort
+of Hague Court with extended powers—that is no reason whatever for
+losing sight of the principles of national and imperial autonomy.’
+
+‘Firmin,’ said the king, ‘I am going to set my brother kings a good
+example.’
+
+Firmin intimated a curiosity that veiled a dread.
+
+‘By chucking all that nonsense,’ said the king.
+
+He quickened his pace as Firmin, who was already a little out of
+breath, betrayed a disposition to reply.
+
+‘I am going to chuck all that nonsense,’ said the king, as Firmin
+prepared to speak. ‘I am going to fling my royalty and empire on the
+table—and declare at once I don’t mean to haggle. It’s haggling—about
+rights—has been the devil in human affairs, for—always. I am going to
+stop this nonsense.’
+
+Firmin halted abruptly. ‘But, sir!’ he cried.
+
+The king stopped six yards ahead of him and looked back at his
+adviser’s perspiring visage.
+
+‘Do you really think, Firmin, that I am here as—as an infernal
+politician to put my crown and my flag and my claims and so forth in
+the way of peace? That little Frenchman is right. You know he is right
+as well as I do. Those things are over. We—we kings and rulers and
+representatives have been at the very heart of the mischief. Of course
+we imply separation, and of course separation means the threat of war,
+and of course the threat of war means the accumulation of more and more
+atomic bombs. The old game’s up. But, I say, we mustn’t stand here, you
+know. The world waits. Don’t you think the old game’s up, Firmin?’
+
+Firmin adjusted a strap, passed a hand over his wet forehead, and
+followed earnestly. ‘I admit, sir,’ he said to a receding back, ‘that
+there has to be some sort of hegemony, some sort of Amphictyonic
+council——’
+
+‘There’s got to be one simple government for all the world,’ said the
+king over his shoulder.
+
+‘But as for a reckless, unqualified abandonment, sir——’
+
+‘_Bang!_’ cried the king.
+
+Firmin made no answer to this interruption. But a faint shadow of
+annoyance passed across his heated features.
+
+‘Yesterday,’ said the king, by way of explanation, ‘the Japanese very
+nearly got San Francisco.’
+
+‘I hadn’t heard, sir.’
+
+‘The Americans ran the Japanese aeroplane down into the sea and there
+the bomb got busted.’
+
+‘Under the sea, sir?’
+
+‘Yes. Submarine volcano. The steam is in sight of the Californian
+coast. It was as near as that. And with things like this happening, you
+want me to go up this hill and haggle. Consider the effect of that upon
+my imperial cousin—and all the others!’
+
+‘_He_ will haggle, sir.’
+
+‘Not a bit of it,’ said the king.
+
+‘But, sir.’
+
+‘Leblanc won’t let him.’
+
+Firmin halted abruptly and gave a vicious pull at the offending strap.
+‘Sir, he will listen to his advisers,’ he said, in a tone that in some
+subtle way seemed to implicate his master with the trouble of the
+knapsack.
+
+The king considered him.
+
+‘We will go just a little higher,’ he said. ‘I want to find this
+unoccupied village they spoke of, and then we will drink that beer. It
+can’t be far. We will drink the beer and throw away the bottles. And
+then, Firmin, I shall ask you to look at things in a more generous
+light.... Because, you know, you must....’
+
+He turned about and for some time the only sound they made was the
+noise of their boots upon the loose stones of the way and the irregular
+breathing of Firmin.
+
+At length, as it seemed to Firmin, or quite soon, as it seemed to the
+king, the gradient of the path diminished, the way widened out, and
+they found themselves in a very beautiful place indeed. It was one of
+those upland clusters of sheds and houses that are still to be found in
+the mountains of North Italy, buildings that were used only in the high
+summer, and which it was the custom to leave locked up and deserted
+through all the winter and spring, and up to the middle of June. The
+buildings were of a soft-toned gray stone, buried in rich green grass,
+shadowed by chestnut trees and lit by an extraordinary blaze of yellow
+broom. Never had the king seen broom so glorious; he shouted at the
+light of it, for it seemed to give out more sunlight even than it
+received; he sat down impulsively on a lichenous stone, tugged out his
+bread and cheese, and bade Firmin thrust the beer into the shaded weeds
+to cool.
+
+‘The things people miss, Firmin,’ he said, ‘who go up into the air in
+ships!’
+
+Firmin looked around him with an ungenial eye. ‘You see it at its best,
+sir,’ he said, ‘before the peasants come here again and make it
+filthy.’
+
+‘It would be beautiful anyhow,’ said the king.
+
+‘Superficially, sir,’ said Firmin. ‘But it stands for a social order
+that is fast vanishing away. Indeed, judging by the grass between the
+stones and in the huts, I am inclined to doubt if it is in use even
+now.’
+
+‘I suppose,’ said the king, ‘they would come up immediately the hay on
+this flower meadow is cut. It would be those slow, creamy-coloured
+beasts, I expect, one sees on the roads below, and swarthy girls with
+red handkerchiefs over their black hair.... It is wonderful to think
+how long that beautiful old life lasted. In the Roman times and long
+ages before ever the rumour of the Romans had come into these parts,
+men drove their cattle up into these places as the summer came on....
+How haunted is this place! There have been quarrels here, hopes,
+children have played here and lived to be old crones and old gaffers,
+and died, and so it has gone on for thousands of lives. Lovers,
+innumerable lovers, have caressed amidst this golden broom....’
+
+He meditated over a busy mouthful of bread and cheese.
+
+‘We ought to have brought a tankard for that beer,’ he said.
+
+Firmin produced a folding aluminium cup, and the king was pleased to
+drink.
+
+‘I wish, sir,’ said Firmin suddenly, ‘I could induce you at least to
+delay your decision——’
+
+‘It’s no good talking, Firmin,’ said the king. ‘My mind’s as clear as
+daylight.’
+
+‘Sire,’ protested Firmin, with his voice full of bread and cheese and
+genuine emotion, ‘have you no respect for your kingship?’
+
+The king paused before he answered with unwonted gravity. ‘It’s just
+because I have, Firmin, that I won’t be a puppet in this game of
+international politics.’ He regarded his companion for a moment and
+then remarked: ‘Kingship!—what do _you_ know of kingship, Firmin?
+
+‘Yes,’ cried the king to his astonished counsellor. ‘For the first time
+in my life I am going to be a king. I am going to lead, and lead by my
+own authority. For a dozen generations my family has been a set of
+dummies in the hands of their advisers. Advisers! Now I am going to be
+a real king—and I am going to—to abolish, dispose of, finish, the crown
+to which I have been a slave. But what a world of paralysing shams this
+roaring stuff has ended! The rigid old world is in the melting-pot
+again, and I, who seemed to be no more than the stuffing inside a regal
+robe, I am a king among kings. I have to play my part at the head of
+things and put an end to blood and fire and idiot disorder.’
+
+‘But, sir,’ protested Firmin.
+
+‘This man Leblanc is right. The whole world has got to be a Republic,
+one and indivisible. You know that, and my duty is to make that easy. A
+king should lead his people; you want me to stick on their backs like
+some Old Man of the Sea. To-day must be a sacrament of kings. Our trust
+for mankind is done with and ended. We must part our robes among them,
+we must part our kingship among them, and say to them all, now the king
+in every one must rule the world.... Have you no sense of the
+magnificence of this occasion? You want me, Firmin, you want me to go
+up there and haggle like a damned little solicitor for some price, some
+compensation, some qualification....’
+
+Firmin shrugged his shoulders and assumed an expression of despair.
+Meanwhile, he conveyed, one must eat.
+
+For a time neither spoke, and the king ate and turned over in his mind
+the phrases of the speech he intended to make to the conference. By
+virtue of the antiquity of his crown he was to preside, and he intended
+to make his presidency memorable. Reassured of his eloquence, he
+considered the despondent and sulky Firmin for a space.
+
+‘Firmin,’ he said, ‘you have idealised kingship.’
+
+‘It has been my dream, sir,’ said Firmin sorrowfully, ‘to serve.’
+
+‘At the levers, Firmin,’ said the king.
+
+‘You are pleased to be unjust,’ said Firmin, deeply hurt.
+
+‘I am pleased to be getting out of it,’ said the king.
+
+‘Oh, Firmin,’ he went on, ‘have you no thought for me? Will you never
+realise that I am not only flesh and blood but an imagination—with its
+rights. I am a king in revolt against that fetter they put upon my
+head. I am a king awake. My reverend grandparents never in all their
+august lives had a waking moment. They loved the job that you, you
+advisers, gave them; they never had a doubt of it. It was like giving a
+doll to a woman who ought to have a child. They delighted in
+processions and opening things and being read addresses to, and
+visiting triplets and nonagenarians and all that sort of thing.
+Incredibly. They used to keep albums of cuttings from all the
+illustrated papers showing them at it, and if the press-cutting parcels
+grew thin they were worried. It was all that ever worried them. But
+there is something atavistic in me; I hark back to unconstitutional
+monarchs. They christened me too retrogressively, I think. I wanted to
+get things done. I was bored. I might have fallen into vice, most
+intelligent and energetic princes do, but the palace precautions were
+unusually thorough. I was brought up in the purest court the world has
+ever seen.... Alertly pure.... So I read books, Firmin, and went about
+asking questions. The thing was bound to happen to one of us sooner or
+later. Perhaps, too, very likely I’m not vicious. I don’t think I am.’
+
+He reflected. ‘No,’ he said.
+
+Firmin cleared his throat. ‘I don’t think you are, sir,’ he said. ‘You
+prefer——’
+
+He stopped short. He had been going to say ‘talking.’ He substituted
+‘ideas.’
+
+‘That world of royalty!’ the king went on. ‘In a little while no one
+will understand it any more. It will become a riddle....
+
+‘Among other things, it was a world of perpetual best clothes.
+Everything was in its best clothes for us, and usually wearing bunting.
+With a cinema watching to see we took it properly. If you are a king,
+Firmin, and you go and look at a regiment, it instantly stops whatever
+it is doing, changes into full uniform and presents arms. When my
+august parents went in a train the coal in the tender used to be
+whitened. It did, Firmin, and if coal had been white instead of black I
+have no doubt the authorities would have blackened it. That was the
+spirit of our treatment. People were always walking about with their
+faces to us. One never saw anything in profile. One got an impression
+of a world that was insanely focused on ourselves. And when I began to
+poke my little questions into the Lord Chancellor and the archbishop
+and all the rest of them, about what I should see if people turned
+round, the general effect I produced was that I wasn’t by any means
+displaying the Royal Tact they had expected of me....’
+
+He meditated for a time.
+
+‘And yet, you know, there is something in the kingship, Firmin. It
+stiffened up my august little grandfather. It gave my grandmother a
+kind of awkward dignity even when she was cross—and she was very often
+cross. They both had a profound sense of responsibility. My poor
+father’s health was wretched during his brief career; nobody outside
+the circle knows just how he screwed himself up to things. “My people
+expect it,” he used to say of this tiresome duty or that. Most of the
+things they made him do were silly—it was part of a bad tradition, but
+there was nothing silly in the way he set about them.... The spirit of
+kingship is a fine thing, Firmin; I feel it in my bones; I do not know
+what I might not be if I were not a king. I could die for my people,
+Firmin, and you couldn’t. No, don’t say you could die for me, because I
+know better. Don’t think I forget my kingship, Firmin, don’t imagine
+that. I am a king, a kingly king, by right divine. The fact that I am
+also a chattering young man makes not the slightest difference to that.
+But the proper text-book for kings, Firmin, is none of the court
+memoirs and Welt-Politik books you would have me read; it is old
+Fraser’s _Golden Bough_. Have you read that, Firmin?’
+
+Firmin had. ‘Those were the authentic kings. In the end they were cut
+up and a bit given to everybody. They sprinkled the nations—with
+Kingship.’
+
+Firmin turned himself round and faced his royal master.
+
+‘What do you intend to do, sir?’ he asked. ‘If you will not listen to
+me, what do you propose to do this afternoon?’
+
+The king flicked crumbs from his coat.
+
+‘Manifestly war has to stop for ever, Firmin. Manifestly this can only
+be done by putting all the world under one government. Our crowns and
+flags are in the way. Manifestly they must go.’
+
+‘Yes, sir,’ interrupted Firmin, ‘but _what_ government? I don’t see
+what government you get by a universal abdication!’
+
+‘Well,’ said the king, with his hands about his knees, ‘_We_ shall be
+the government.’
+
+‘The conference?’ exclaimed Firmin.
+
+‘Who else?’ asked the king simply.
+
+‘It’s perfectly simple,’ he added to Firmin’s tremendous silence.
+
+‘But,’ cried Firmin, ‘you must have sanctions! Will there be no form of
+election, for example?’
+
+‘Why should there be?’ asked the king, with intelligent curiosity.
+
+‘The consent of the governed.’
+
+‘Firmin, we are just going to lay down our differences and take over
+government. Without any election at all. Without any sanction. The
+governed will show their consent by silence. If any effective
+opposition arises we shall ask it to come in and help. The true
+sanction of kingship is the grip upon the sceptre. We aren’t going to
+worry people to vote for us. I’m certain the mass of men does not want
+to be bothered with such things.... We’ll contrive a way for any one
+interested to join in. That’s quite enough in the way of democracy.
+Perhaps later—when things don’t matter.... We shall govern all right,
+Firmin. Government only becomes difficult when the lawyers get hold of
+it, and since these troubles began the lawyers are shy. Indeed, come to
+think of it, I wonder where all the lawyers are.... Where are they? A
+lot, of course, were bagged, some of the worst ones, when they blew up
+my legislature. You never knew the late Lord Chancellor....
+
+‘Necessities bury rights. And create them. Lawyers live on dead rights
+disinterred.... We’ve done with that way of living. We won’t have more
+law than a code can cover and beyond that government will be free....
+
+‘Before the sun sets to-day, Firmin, trust me, we shall have made our
+abdications, all of us, and declared the World Republic, supreme and
+indivisible. I wonder what my august grandmother would have made of it!
+All my rights! . . . And then we shall go on governing. What else is
+there to do? All over the world we shall declare that there is no
+longer mine or thine, but ours. China, the United States, two-thirds of
+Europe, will certainly fall in and obey. They will have to do so. What
+else can they do? Their official rulers are here with us. They won’t be
+able to get together any sort of idea of not obeying us.... Then we
+shall declare that every sort of property is held in trust for the
+Republic....’
+
+‘But, sir!’ cried Firmin, suddenly enlightened. ‘Has this been arranged
+already?’
+
+‘My dear Firmin, do you think we have come here, all of us, to talk at
+large? The talking has been done for half a century. Talking and
+writing. We are here to set the new thing, the simple, obvious,
+necessary thing, going.’
+
+He stood up.
+
+Firmin, forgetting the habits of a score of years, remained seated.
+
+‘_Well_,’ he said at last. ‘And I have known nothing!’
+
+The king smiled very cheerfully. He liked these talks with Firmin.
+
+Section 3
+
+That conference upon the Brissago meadows was one of the most
+heterogeneous collections of prominent people that has ever met
+together. Principalities and powers, stripped and shattered until all
+their pride and mystery were gone, met in a marvellous new humility.
+Here were kings and emperors whose capitals were lakes of flaming
+destruction, statesmen whose countries had become chaos, scared
+politicians and financial potentates. Here were leaders of thought and
+learned investigators dragged reluctantly to the control of affairs.
+Altogether there were ninety-three of them, Leblanc’s conception of the
+head men of the world. They had all come to the realisation of the
+simple truths that the indefatigable Leblanc had hammered into them;
+and, drawing his resources from the King of Italy, he had provisioned
+his conference with a generous simplicity quite in accordance with the
+rest of his character, and so at last was able to make his astonishing
+and entirely rational appeal. He had appointed King Egbert the
+president, he believed in this young man so firmly that he completely
+dominated him, and he spoke himself as a secretary might speak from the
+president’s left hand, and evidently did not realise himself that he
+was telling them all exactly what they had to do. He imagined he was
+merely recapitulating the obvious features of the situation for their
+convenience. He was dressed in ill-fitting white silk clothes, and he
+consulted a dingy little packet of notes as he spoke. They put him out.
+He explained that he had never spoken from notes before, but that this
+occasion was exceptional.
+
+And then King Egbert spoke as he was expected to speak, and Leblanc’s
+spectacles moistened at that flow of generous sentiment, most amiably
+and lightly expressed. ‘We haven’t to stand on ceremony,’ said the
+king, ‘we have to govern the world. We have always pretended to govern
+the world and here is our opportunity.’
+
+‘Of course,’ whispered Leblanc, nodding his head rapidly, ‘of course.’
+
+‘The world has been smashed up, and we have to put it on its wheels
+again,’ said King Egbert. ‘And it is the simple common sense of this
+crisis for all to help and none to seek advantage. Is that our tone or
+not?’
+
+The gathering was too old and seasoned and miscellaneous for any great
+displays of enthusiasm, but that was its tone, and with an astonishment
+that somehow became exhilarating it began to resign, repudiate, and
+declare its intentions. Firmin, taking notes behind his master, heard
+everything that had been foretold among the yellow broom, come true.
+With a queer feeling that he was dreaming, he assisted at the
+proclamation of the World State, and saw the message taken out to the
+wireless operators to be throbbed all round the habitable globe. ‘And
+next,’ said King Egbert, with a cheerful excitement in his voice, ‘we
+have to get every atom of Carolinum and all the plant for making it,
+into our control....’
+
+Firmin was not alone in his incredulity. Not a man there who was not a
+very amiable, reasonable, benevolent creature at bottom; some had been
+born to power and some had happened upon it, some had struggled to get
+it, not clearly knowing what it was and what it implied, but none was
+irreconcilably set upon its retention at the price of cosmic disaster.
+Their minds had been prepared by circumstances and sedulously
+cultivated by Leblanc; and now they took the broad obvious road along
+which King Egbert was leading them, with a mingled conviction of
+strangeness and necessity. Things went very smoothly; the King of Italy
+explained the arrangements that had been made for the protection of the
+camp from any fantastic attack; a couple of thousand of aeroplanes,
+each carrying a sharpshooter, guarded them, and there was an excellent
+system of relays, and at night all the sky would be searched by scores
+of lights, and the admirable Leblanc gave luminous reasons for their
+camping just where they were and going on with their administrative
+duties forthwith. He knew of this place, because he had happened upon
+it when holiday-making with Madame Leblanc twenty years and more ago.
+‘There is very simple fare at present,’ he explained, ‘on account of
+the disturbed state of the countries about us. But we have excellent
+fresh milk, good red wine, beef, bread, salad, and lemons.... In a few
+days I hope to place things in the hands of a more efficient
+caterer....’
+
+The members of the new world government dined at three long tables on
+trestles, and down the middle of these tables Leblanc, in spite of the
+barrenness of his menu, had contrived to have a great multitude of
+beautiful roses. There was similar accommodation for the secretaries
+and attendants at a lower level down the mountain. The assembly dined
+as it had debated, in the open air, and over the dark crags to the west
+the glowing June sunset shone upon the banquet. There was no precedency
+now among the ninety-three, and King Egbert found himself between a
+pleasant little Japanese stranger in spectacles and his cousin of
+Central Europe, and opposite a great Bengali leader and the President
+of the United States of America. Beyond the Japanese was Holsten, the
+old chemist, and Leblanc was a little way down the other side.
+
+The king was still cheerfully talkative and abounded in ideas. He fell
+presently into an amiable controversy with the American, who seemed to
+feel a lack of impressiveness in the occasion.
+
+It was ever the Transatlantic tendency, due, no doubt, to the necessity
+of handling public questions in a bulky and striking manner, to
+over-emphasise and over-accentuate, and the president was touched by
+his national failing. He suggested now that there should be a new era,
+starting from that day as the first day of the first year.
+
+The king demurred.
+
+‘From this day forth, sir, man enters upon his heritage,’ said the
+American.
+
+‘Man,’ said the king, ‘is always entering upon his heritage. You
+Americans have a peculiar weakness for anniversaries—if you will
+forgive me saying so. Yes—I accuse you of a lust for dramatic effect.
+Everything is happening always, but you want to say this or this is the
+real instant in time and subordinate all the others to it.’
+
+The American said something about an epoch-making day.
+
+‘But surely,’ said the king, ‘you don’t want us to condemn all humanity
+to a world-wide annual Fourth of July for ever and ever more. On
+account of this harmless necessary day of declarations. No conceivable
+day could ever deserve that. Ah! you do not know, as I do, the
+devastations of the memorable. My poor grandparents were—_rubricated_.
+The worst of these huge celebrations is that they break up the
+dignified succession of one’s contemporary emotions. They interrupt.
+They set back. Suddenly out come the flags and fireworks, and the old
+enthusiasms are furbished up—and it’s sheer destruction of the proper
+thing that ought to be going on. Sufficient unto the day is the
+celebration thereof. Let the dead past bury its dead. You see, in
+regard to the calendar, I am for democracy and you are for aristocracy.
+All things I hold, are august, and have a right to be lived through on
+their merits. No day should be sacrificed on the grave of departed
+events. What do you think of it, Wilhelm?’
+
+‘For the noble, yes, all days should be noble.’
+
+‘Exactly my position,’ said the king, and felt pleased at what he had
+been saying.
+
+And then, since the American pressed his idea, the king contrived to
+shift the talk from the question of celebrating the epoch they were
+making to the question of the probabilities that lay ahead. Here every
+one became diffident. They could see the world unified and at peace,
+but what detail was to follow from that unification they seemed
+indisposed to discuss. This diffidence struck the king as remarkable.
+He plunged upon the possibilities of science. All the huge expenditure
+that had hitherto gone into unproductive naval and military
+preparations, must now, he declared, place research upon a new footing.
+‘Where one man worked we will have a thousand.’ He appealed to Holsten.
+‘We have only begun to peep into these possibilities,’ he said. ‘You at
+any rate have sounded the vaults of the treasure house.’
+
+‘They are unfathomable,’ smiled Holsten.
+
+‘Man,’ said the American, with a manifest resolve to justify and
+reinstate himself after the flickering contradictions of the king,
+‘Man, I say, is only beginning to enter upon his heritage.’
+
+‘Tell us some of the things you believe we shall presently learn, give
+us an idea of the things we may presently do,’ said the king to
+Holsten.
+
+Holsten opened out the vistas....
+
+‘Science,’ the king cried presently, ‘is the new king of the world.’
+
+‘_Our_ view,’ said the president, ‘is that sovereignty resides with the
+people.’
+
+‘No!’ said the king, ‘the sovereign is a being more subtle than that.
+And less arithmetical. Neither my family nor your emancipated people.
+It is something that floats about us, and above us, and through us. It
+is that common impersonal will and sense of necessity of which Science
+is the best understood and most typical aspect. It is the mind of the
+race. It is that which has brought us here, which has bowed us all to
+its demands....’
+
+He paused and glanced down the table at Leblanc, and then re-opened at
+his former antagonist.
+
+‘There is a disposition,’ said the king, ‘to regard this gathering as
+if it were actually doing what it appears to be doing, as if we
+ninety-odd men of our own free will and wisdom were unifying the world.
+There is a temptation to consider ourselves exceptionally fine fellows,
+and masterful men, and all the rest of it. We are not. I doubt if we
+should average out as anything abler than any other casually selected
+body of ninety-odd men. We are no creators, we are consequences, we are
+salvagers—or salvagees. The thing to-day is not ourselves but the wind
+of conviction that has blown us hither....’
+
+The American had to confess he could hardly agree with the king’s
+estimate of their average.
+
+‘Holsten, perhaps, and one or two others, might lift us a little,’ the
+king conceded. ‘But the rest of us?’
+
+His eyes flitted once more towards Leblanc.
+
+‘Look at Leblanc,’ he said. ‘He’s just a simple soul. There are
+hundreds and thousands like him. I admit, a certain dexterity, a
+certain lucidity, but there is not a country town in France where there
+is not a Leblanc or so to be found about two o’clock in its principal
+café. It’s just that he isn’t complicated or Super-Mannish, or any of
+those things that has made all he has done possible. But in happier
+times, don’t you think, Wilhelm, he would have remained just what his
+father was, a successful _épicier_, very clean, very accurate, very
+honest. And on holidays he would have gone out with Madame Leblanc and
+her knitting in a punt with a jar of something gentle and have sat
+under a large reasonable green-lined umbrella and fished very neatly
+and successfully for gudgeon....’
+
+The president and the Japanese prince in spectacles protested together.
+
+‘If I do him an injustice,’ said the king, ‘it is only because I want
+to elucidate my argument. I want to make it clear how small are men and
+days, and how great is man in comparison....’
+
+Section 4
+
+So it was King Egbert talked at Brissago after they had proclaimed the
+unity of the world. Every evening after that the assembly dined
+together and talked at their ease and grew accustomed to each other and
+sharpened each other’s ideas, and every day they worked together, and
+really for a time believed that they were inventing a new government
+for the world. They discussed a constitution. But there were matters
+needing attention too urgently to wait for any constitution. They
+attended to these incidentally. The constitution it was that waited. It
+was presently found convenient to keep the constitution waiting
+indefinitely as King Egbert had foreseen, and meanwhile, with an
+increasing self-confidence, that council went on governing....
+
+On this first evening of all the council’s gatherings, after King
+Egbert had talked for a long time and drunken and praised very
+abundantly the simple red wine of the country that Leblanc had procured
+for them, he gathered about him a group of congenial spirits and fell
+into a discourse upon simplicity, praising it above all things and
+declaring that the ultimate aim of art, religion, philosophy, and
+science alike was to simplify. He instanced himself as a devotee to
+simplicity. And Leblanc he instanced as a crowning instance of the
+splendour of this quality. Upon that they all agreed.
+
+When at last the company about the tables broke up, the king found
+himself brimming over with a peculiar affection and admiration for
+Leblanc, he made his way to him and drew him aside and broached what he
+declared was a small matter. There was, he said, a certain order in his
+gift that, unlike all other orders and decorations in the world, had
+never been corrupted. It was reserved for elderly men of supreme
+distinction, the acuteness of whose gifts was already touched to
+mellowness, and it had included the greatest names of every age so far
+as the advisers of his family had been able to ascertain them. At
+present, the king admitted, these matters of stars and badges were
+rather obscured by more urgent affairs, for his own part he had never
+set any value upon them at all, but a time might come when they would
+be at least interesting, and in short he wished to confer the Order of
+Merit upon Leblanc. His sole motive in doing so, he added, was his
+strong desire to signalise his personal esteem. He laid his hand upon
+the Frenchman’s shoulder as he said these things, with an almost
+brotherly affection. Leblanc received this proposal with a modest
+confusion that greatly enhanced the king’s opinion of his admirable
+simplicity. He pointed out that eager as he was to snatch at the
+proffered distinction, it might at the present stage appear invidious,
+and he therefore suggested that the conferring of it should be
+postponed until it could be made the crown and conclusion of his
+services. The king was unable to shake this resolution, and the two men
+parted with expressions of mutual esteem.
+
+The king then summoned Firmin in order to make a short note of a number
+of things that he had said during the day. But after about twenty
+minutes’ work the sweet sleepiness of the mountain air overcame him,
+and he dismissed Firmin and went to bed and fell asleep at once, and
+slept with extreme satisfaction. He had had an active, agreeable day.
+
+Section 5
+
+The establishment of the new order that was thus so humanly begun, was,
+if one measures it by the standard of any preceding age, a rapid
+progress. The fighting spirit of the world was exhausted. Only here or
+there did fierceness linger. For long decades the combative side in
+human affairs had been monstrously exaggerated by the accidents of
+political separation. This now became luminously plain. An enormous
+proportion of the force that sustained armaments had been nothing more
+aggressive than the fear of war and warlike neighbours. It is doubtful
+if any large section of the men actually enlisted for fighting ever at
+any time really hungered and thirsted for bloodshed and danger. That
+kind of appetite was probably never very strong in the species after
+the savage stage was past. The army was a profession, in which killing
+had become a disagreeable possibility rather than an eventful
+certainty. If one reads the old newspapers and periodicals of that
+time, which did so much to keep militarism alive, one finds very little
+about glory and adventure and a constant harping on the
+disagreeableness of invasion and subjugation. In one word, militarism
+was funk. The belligerent resolution of the armed Europe of the
+twentieth century was the resolution of a fiercely frightened sheep to
+plunge. And now that its weapons were exploding in its hands, Europe
+was only too eager to drop them, and abandon this fancied refuge of
+violence.
+
+For a time the whole world had been shocked into frankness; nearly all
+the clever people who had hitherto sustained the ancient belligerent
+separations had now been brought to realise the need for simplicity of
+attitude and openness of mind; and in this atmosphere of moral
+renascence, there was little attempt to get negotiable advantages out
+of resistance to the new order. Human beings are foolish enough no
+doubt, but few have stopped to haggle in a fire-escape. The council had
+its way with them. The band of ‘patriots’ who seized the laboratories
+and arsenal just outside Osaka and tried to rouse Japan to revolt
+against inclusion in the Republic of Mankind, found they had
+miscalculated the national pride and met the swift vengeance of their
+own countrymen. That fight in the arsenal was a vivid incident in this
+closing chapter of the history of war. To the last the ‘patriots’ were
+undecided whether, in the event of a defeat, they would explode their
+supply of atomic bombs or not. They were fighting with swords outside
+the iridium doors, and the moderates of their number were at bay and on
+the verge of destruction, only ten, indeed, remained unwounded, when
+the republicans burst in to the rescue....
+
+Section 6
+
+One single monarch held out against the general acquiescence in the new
+rule, and that was that strange survival of mediaevalism, the ‘Slavic
+Fox,’ the King of the Balkans. He debated and delayed his submissions.
+He showed an extraordinary combination of cunning and temerity in his
+evasion of the repeated summonses from Brissago. He affected ill-health
+and a great preoccupation with his new official mistress, for his
+semi-barbaric court was arranged on the best romantic models. His
+tactics were ably seconded by Doctor Pestovitch, his chief minister.
+Failing to establish his claims to complete independence, King
+Ferdinand Charles annoyed the conference by a proposal to be treated as
+a protected state. Finally he professed an unconvincing submission, and
+put a mass of obstacles in the way of the transfer of his national
+officials to the new government. In these things he was
+enthusiastically supported by his subjects, still for the most part an
+illiterate peasantry, passionately if confusedly patriotic, and so far
+with no practical knowledge of the effect of atomic bombs. More
+particularly he retained control of all the Balkan aeroplanes.
+
+For once the extreme _naïveté_ of Leblanc seems to have been mitigated
+by duplicity. He went on with the general pacification of the world as
+if the Balkan submission was made in absolute good faith, and he
+announced the disbandment of the force of aeroplanes that hitherto
+guarded the council at Brissago upon the approaching fifteenth of July.
+But instead he doubled the number upon duty on that eventful day, and
+made various arrangements for their disposition. He consulted certain
+experts, and when he took King Egbert into his confidence there was
+something in his neat and explicit foresight that brought back to that
+ex-monarch’s mind his half-forgotten fantasy of Leblanc as a fisherman
+under a green umbrella.
+
+About five o’clock in the morning of the seventeenth of July one of the
+outer sentinels of the Brissago fleet, which was soaring unobtrusively
+over the lower end of the lake of Garda, sighted and hailed a strange
+aeroplane that was flying westward, and, failing to get a satisfactory
+reply, set its wireless apparatus talking and gave chase. A swarm of
+consorts appeared very promptly over the westward mountains, and before
+the unknown aeroplane had sighted Como, it had a dozen eager attendants
+closing in upon it. Its driver seems to have hesitated, dropped down
+among the mountains, and then turned southward in flight, only to find
+an intercepting biplane sweeping across his bows. He then went round
+into the eye of the rising sun, and passed within a hundred yards of
+his original pursuer.
+
+The sharpshooter therein opened fire at once, and showed an intelligent
+grasp of the situation by disabling the passenger first. The man at the
+wheel must have heard his companion cry out behind him, but he was too
+intent on getting away to waste even a glance behind. Twice after that
+he must have heard shots. He let his engine go, he crouched down, and
+for twenty minutes he must have steered in the continual expectation of
+a bullet. It never came, and when at last he glanced round, three great
+planes were close upon him, and his companion, thrice hit, lay dead
+across his bombs. His followers manifestly did not mean either to upset
+or shoot him, but inexorably they drove him down, down. At last he was
+curving and flying a hundred yards or less over the level fields of
+rice and maize. Ahead of him and dark against the morning sunrise was a
+village with a very tall and slender campanile and a line of cable
+bearing metal standards that he could not clear. He stopped his engine
+abruptly and dropped flat. He may have hoped to get at the bombs when
+he came down, but his pitiless pursuers drove right over him and shot
+him as he fell.
+
+Three other aeroplanes curved down and came to rest amidst grass close
+by the smashed machine. Their passengers descended, and ran, holding
+their light rifles in their hands towards the _débris_ and the two dead
+men. The coffin-shaped box that had occupied the centre of the machine
+had broken, and three black objects, each with two handles like the
+ears of a pitcher, lay peacefully amidst the litter.
+
+These objects were so tremendously important in the eyes of their
+captors that they disregarded the two dead men who lay bloody and
+broken amidst the wreckage as they might have disregarded dead frogs by
+a country pathway.
+
+‘By God,’ cried the first. ‘Here they are!’
+
+‘And unbroken!’ said the second.
+
+‘I’ve never seen the things before,’ said the first.
+
+‘Bigger than I thought,’ said the second.
+
+The third comer arrived. He stared for a moment at the bombs and then
+turned his eyes to the dead man with a crushed chest who lay in a muddy
+place among the green stems under the centre of the machine.
+
+‘One can take no risks,’ he said, with a faint suggestion of apology.
+
+The other two now also turned to the victims. ‘We must signal,’ said
+the first man. A shadow passed between them and the sun, and they
+looked up to see the aeroplane that had fired the last shot. ‘Shall we
+signal?’ came a megaphone hail.
+
+‘Three bombs,’ they answered together.
+
+‘Where do they come from?’ asked the megaphone.
+
+The three sharpshooters looked at each other and then moved towards the
+dead men. One of them had an idea. ‘Signal that first,’ he said, ‘while
+we look.’ They were joined by their aviators for the search, and all
+six men began a hunt that was necessarily brutal in its haste, for some
+indication of identity. They examined the men’s pockets, their
+bloodstained clothes, the machine, the framework. They turned the
+bodies over and flung them aside. There was not a tattoo mark....
+Everything was elaborately free of any indication of its origin.
+
+‘We can’t find out!’ they called at last.
+
+‘Not a sign?’
+
+‘Not a sign.’
+
+‘I’m coming down,’ said the man overhead....
+
+Section 7
+
+The Slavic fox stood upon a metal balcony in his picturesque Art
+Nouveau palace that gave upon the precipice that overhung his bright
+little capital, and beside him stood Pestovitch, grizzled and cunning,
+and now full of an ill-suppressed excitement. Behind them the window
+opened into a large room, richly decorated in aluminium and crimson
+enamel, across which the king, as he glanced ever and again over his
+shoulder with a gesture of inquiry, could see through the two open
+doors of a little azure walled antechamber the wireless operator in the
+turret working at his incessant transcription. Two pompously uniformed
+messengers waited listlessly in this apartment. The room was furnished
+with a stately dignity, and had in the middle of it a big green
+baize-covered table with the massive white metal inkpots and antiquated
+sandboxes natural to a new but romantic monarchy. It was the king’s
+council chamber and about it now, in attitudes of suspended intrigue,
+stood the half-dozen ministers who constituted his cabinet. They had
+been summoned for twelve o’clock, but still at half-past twelve the
+king loitered in the balcony and seemed to be waiting for some news
+that did not come.
+
+The king and his minister had talked at first in whispers; they had
+fallen silent, for they found little now to express except a vague
+anxiety. Away there on the mountain side were the white metal roofs of
+the long farm buildings beneath which the bomb factory and the bombs
+were hidden. (The chemist who had made all these for the king had died
+suddenly after the declaration of Brissago.) Nobody knew of that store
+of mischief now but the king and his adviser and three heavily faithful
+attendants; the aviators who waited now in the midday blaze with their
+bomb-carrying machines and their passenger bomb-throwers in the
+exercising grounds of the motor-cyclist barracks below were still in
+ignorance of the position of the ammunition they were presently to take
+up. It was time they started if the scheme was to work as Pestovitch
+had planned it. It was a magnificent plan. It aimed at no less than the
+Empire of the World. The government of idealists and professors away
+there at Brissago was to be blown to fragments, and then east, west,
+north, and south those aeroplanes would go swarming over a world that
+had disarmed itself, to proclaim Ferdinand Charles, the new Cæsar, the
+Master, Lord of the Earth. It was a magnificent plan. But the tension
+of this waiting for news of the success of the first blow
+was—considerable.
+
+The Slavic fox was of a pallid fairness, he had a remarkably long nose,
+a thick, short moustache, and small blue eyes that were a little too
+near together to be pleasant. It was his habit to worry his moustache
+with short, nervous tugs whenever his restless mind troubled him, and
+now this motion was becoming so incessant that it irked Pestovitch
+beyond the limits of endurance.
+
+‘I will go,’ said the minister, ‘and see what the trouble is with the
+wireless. They give us nothing, good or bad.’
+
+Left to himself, the king could worry his moustache without stint; he
+leant his elbows forward on the balcony and gave both of his long white
+hands to the work, so that he looked like a pale dog gnawing a bone.
+Suppose they caught his men, what should he do? Suppose they caught his
+men?
+
+The clocks in the light gold-capped belfries of the town below
+presently intimated the half-hour after midday.
+
+Of course, he and Pestovitch had thought it out. Even if they had
+caught those men, they were pledged to secrecy.... Probably they would
+be killed in the catching.... One could deny anyhow, deny and deny.
+
+And then he became aware of half a dozen little shining specks very
+high in the blue.... Pestovitch came out to him presently. ‘The
+government messages, sire, have all dropped into cipher,’ he said. ‘I
+have set a man——’
+
+‘_look!_’ interrupted the king, and pointed upward with a long, lean
+finger.
+
+Pestovitch followed that indication and then glanced for one
+questioning moment at the white face before him.
+
+‘We have to face it out, sire,’ he said.
+
+For some moments they watched the steep spirals of the descending
+messengers, and then they began a hasty consultation....
+
+They decided that to be holding a council upon the details of an
+ultimate surrender to Brissago was as innocent-looking a thing as the
+king could well be doing, and so, when at last the ex-king Egbert, whom
+the council had sent as its envoy, arrived upon the scene, he
+discovered the king almost theatrically posed at the head of his
+councillors in the midst of his court. The door upon the wireless
+operators was shut.
+
+The ex-king from Brissago came like a draught through the curtains and
+attendants that gave a wide margin to King Ferdinand’s state, and the
+familiar confidence of his manner belied a certain hardness in his eye.
+Firmin trotted behind him, and no one else was with him. And as
+Ferdinand Charles rose to greet him, there came into the heart of the
+Balkan king again that same chilly feeling that he had felt upon the
+balcony—and it passed at the careless gestures of his guest. For surely
+any one might outwit this foolish talker who, for a mere idea and at
+the command of a little French rationalist in spectacles, had thrown
+away the most ancient crown in all the world.
+
+One must deny, deny....
+
+And then slowly and quite tiresomely he realised that there was nothing
+to deny. His visitor, with an amiable ease, went on talking about
+everything in debate between himself and Brissago except——.
+
+Could it be that they had been delayed? Could it be that they had had
+to drop for repairs and were still uncaptured? Could it be that even
+now while this fool babbled, they were over there among the mountains
+heaving their deadly charge over the side of the aeroplane?
+
+Strange hopes began to lift the tail of the Slavic fox again.
+
+What was the man saying? One must talk to him anyhow until one knew. At
+any moment the little brass door behind him might open with the news of
+Brissago blown to atoms. Then it would be a delightful relief to the
+present tension to arrest this chatterer forthwith. He might be killed
+perhaps. What?
+
+The king was repeating his observation. ‘They have a ridiculous fancy
+that your confidence is based on the possession of atomic bombs.’
+
+King Ferdinand Charles pulled himself together. He protested.
+
+‘Oh, quite so,’ said the ex-king, ‘quite so.’
+
+‘What grounds?’ The ex-king permitted himself a gesture and the ghost
+of a chuckle—why the devil should he chuckle? ‘Practically none,’ he
+said. ‘But of course with these things one has to be so careful.’
+
+And then again for an instant something—like the faintest shadow of
+derision—gleamed out of the envoy’s eyes and recalled that chilly
+feeling to King Ferdinand’s spine.
+
+Some kindred depression had come to Pestovitch, who had been watching
+the drawn intensity of Firmin’s face. He came to the help of his
+master, who, he feared, might protest too much.
+
+‘A search!’ cried the king. ‘An embargo on our aeroplanes.’
+
+‘Only a temporary expedient,’ said the ex-king Egbert, ‘while the
+search is going on.’
+
+The king appealed to his council.
+
+‘The people will never permit it, sire,’ said a bustling little man in
+a gorgeous uniform.
+
+‘You’ll have to make ‘em,’ said the ex-king, genially addressing all
+the councillors.
+
+King Ferdinand glanced at the closed brass door through which no news
+would come.
+
+‘When would you want to have this search?’
+
+The ex-king was radiant. ‘We couldn’t possibly do it until the day
+after to-morrow,’ he said.
+
+‘Just the capital?’
+
+‘Where else?’ asked the ex-king, still more cheerfully.
+
+‘For my own part,’ said the ex-king confidentially, ‘I think the whole
+business ridiculous. Who would be such a fool as to hide atomic bombs?
+Nobody. Certain hanging if he’s caught—certain, and almost certain
+blowing up if he isn’t. But nowadays I have to take orders like the
+rest of the world. And here I am.’
+
+The king thought he had never met such detestable geniality. He glanced
+at Pestovitch, who nodded almost imperceptibly. It was well, anyhow, to
+have a fool to deal with. They might have sent a diplomatist. ‘Of
+course,’ said the king, ‘I recognise the overpowering force—and a kind
+of logic—in these orders from Brissago.’
+
+‘I knew you would,’ said the ex-king, with an air of relief, ‘and so
+let us arrange——’
+
+They arranged with a certain informality. No Balkan aeroplane was to
+adventure into the air until the search was concluded, and meanwhile
+the fleets of the world government would soar and circle in the sky.
+The towns were to be placarded with offers of reward to any one who
+would help in the discovery of atomic bombs....
+
+‘You will sign that,’ said the ex-king.
+
+‘Why?’
+
+‘To show that we aren’t in any way hostile to you.’
+
+Pestovitch nodded ‘yes’ to his master.
+
+‘And then, you see,’ said the ex-king in that easy way of his, ‘we’ll
+have a lot of men here, borrow help from your police, and run through
+all your things. And then everything will be over. Meanwhile, if I may
+be your guest....’ When presently Pestovitch was alone with the king
+again, he found him in a state of jangling emotions. His spirit was
+tossing like a wind-whipped sea. One moment he was exalted and full of
+contempt for ‘that ass’ and his search; the next he was down in a pit
+of dread. ‘They will find them, Pestovitch, and then he’ll hang us.’
+
+‘Hang us?’
+
+The king put his long nose into his councillor’s face. ‘That grinning
+brute _wants_ to hang us,’ he said. ‘And hang us he will, if we give
+him a shadow of a chance.’
+
+‘But all their Modern State Civilisation!’
+
+‘Do you think there’s any pity in that crew of Godless, Vivisecting
+Prigs?’ cried this last king of romance. ‘Do you think, Pestovitch,
+they understand anything of a high ambition or a splendid dream? Do you
+think that our gallant and sublime adventure has any appeal to them?
+Here am I, the last and greatest and most romantic of the Cæsars, and
+do you think they will miss the chance of hanging me like a dog if they
+can, killing me like a rat in a hole? And that renegade! He who was
+once an anointed king! . . .
+
+‘I hate that sort of eye that laughs and keeps hard,’ said the king.
+
+‘I won’t sit still here and be caught like a fascinated rabbit,’ said
+the king in conclusion. ‘We must shift those bombs.’
+
+‘Risk it,’ said Pestovitch. ‘Leave them alone.’
+
+‘No,’ said the king. ‘Shift them near the frontier. Then while they
+watch us here—they will always watch us here now—we can buy an
+aeroplane abroad, and pick them up....’
+
+The king was in a feverish, irritable mood all that evening, but he
+made his plans nevertheless with infinite cunning. They must get the
+bombs away; there must be a couple of atomic hay lorries, the bombs
+could be hidden under the hay.... Pestovitch went and came, instructing
+trusty servants, planning and replanning.... The king and the ex-king
+talked very pleasantly of a number of subjects. All the while at the
+back of King Ferdinand Charles’s mind fretted the mystery of his
+vanished aeroplane. There came no news of its capture, and no news of
+its success. At any moment all that power at the back of his visitor
+might crumble away and vanish....
+
+It was past midnight, when the king, in a cloak and slouch hat that
+might equally have served a small farmer, or any respectable
+middle-class man, slipped out from an inconspicuous service gate on the
+eastward side of his palace into the thickly wooded gardens that sloped
+in a series of terraces down to the town. Pestovitch and his
+guard-valet Peter, both wrapped about in a similar disguise, came out
+among the laurels that bordered the pathway and joined him. It was a
+clear, warm night, but the stars seemed unusually little and remote
+because of the aeroplanes, each trailing a searchlight, that drove
+hither and thither across the blue. One great beam seemed to rest on
+the king for a moment as he came out of the palace; then instantly and
+reassuringly it had swept away. But while they were still in the palace
+gardens another found them and looked at them.
+
+‘They see us,’ cried the king.
+
+‘They make nothing of us,’ said Pestovitch.
+
+The king glanced up and met a calm, round eye of light, that seemed to
+wink at him and vanish, leaving him blinded....
+
+The three men went on their way. Near the little gate in the garden
+railings that Pestovitch had caused to be unlocked, the king paused
+under the shadow of an ilex and looked back at the place. It was very
+high and narrow, a twentieth-century rendering of mediaevalism,
+mediaevalism in steel and bronze and sham stone and opaque glass.
+Against the sky it splashed a confusion of pinnacles. High up in the
+eastward wing were the windows of the apartments of the ex-king Egbert.
+One of them was brightly lit now, and against the light a little black
+figure stood very still and looked out upon the night.
+
+The king snarled.
+
+‘He little knows how we slip through his fingers,’ said Pestovitch.
+
+And as he spoke they saw the ex-king stretch out his arms slowly, like
+one who yawns, knuckle his eyes and turn inward—no doubt to his bed.
+
+Down through the ancient winding back streets of his capital hurried
+the king, and at an appointed corner a shabby atomic-automobile waited
+for the three. It was a hackney carriage of the lowest grade, with
+dinted metal panels and deflated cushions. The driver was one of the
+ordinary drivers of the capital, but beside him sat the young secretary
+of Pestovitch, who knew the way to the farm where the bombs were
+hidden.
+
+The automobile made its way through the narrow streets of the old town,
+which were still lit and uneasy—for the fleet of airships overhead had
+kept the cafés open and people abroad—over the great new bridge, and so
+by straggling outskirts to the country. And all through his capital the
+king who hoped to outdo Cæsar, sat back and was very still, and no one
+spoke. And as they got out into the dark country they became aware of
+the searchlights wandering over the country-side like the uneasy ghosts
+of giants. The king sat forward and looked at these flitting
+whitenesses, and every now and then peered up to see the flying ships
+overhead.
+
+‘I don’t like them,’ said the king.
+
+Presently one of these patches of moonlight came to rest about them and
+seemed to be following their automobile. The king drew back.
+
+‘The things are confoundedly noiseless,’ said the king. ‘It’s like
+being stalked by lean white cats.’
+
+He peered again. ‘That fellow is watching us,’ he said.
+
+And then suddenly he gave way to panic. ‘Pestovitch,’ he said,
+clutching his minister’s arm, ‘they are watching us. I’m not going
+through with this. They are watching us. I’m going back.’
+
+Pestovitch remonstrated. ‘Tell him to go back,’ said the king, and
+tried to open the window. For a few moments there was a grim struggle
+in the automobile; a gripping of wrists and a blow. ‘I can’t go through
+with it,’ repeated the king, ‘I can’t go through with it.’
+
+‘But they’ll hang us,’ said Pestovitch.
+
+‘Not if we were to give up now. Not if we were to surrender the bombs.
+It is you who brought me into this....’
+
+At last Pestovitch compromised. There was an inn perhaps half a mile
+from the farm. They could alight there and the king could get brandy,
+and rest his nerves for a time. And if he still thought fit to go back
+he could go back.
+
+‘See,’ said Pestovitch, ‘the light has gone again.’
+
+The king peered up. ‘I believe he’s following us without a light,’ said
+the king.
+
+In the little old dirty inn the king hung doubtful for a time, and was
+for going back and throwing himself on the mercy of the council. ‘If
+there is a council,’ said Pestovitch. ‘By this time your bombs may have
+settled it.
+
+‘But if so, these infernal aeroplanes would go.’
+
+‘They may not know yet.’
+
+‘But, Pestovitch, why couldn’t you do all this without me?’
+
+Pestovitch made no answer for a moment. ‘I was for leaving the bombs in
+their place,’ he said at last, and went to the window. About their
+conveyance shone a circle of bright light. Pestovitch had a brilliant
+idea. ‘I will send my secretary out to make a kind of dispute with the
+driver. Something that will make them watch up above there. Meanwhile
+you and I and Peter will go out by the back way and up by the hedges to
+the farm....’
+
+It was worthy of his subtle reputation and it answered passing well.
+
+In ten minutes they were tumbling over the wall of the farm-yard, wet,
+muddy, and breathless, but unobserved. But as they ran towards the
+barns the king gave vent to something between a groan and a curse, and
+all about them shone the light—and passed.
+
+But had it passed at once or lingered for just a second?
+
+‘They didn’t see us,’ said Peter.
+
+‘I don’t think they saw us,’ said the king, and stared as the light
+went swooping up the mountain side, hung for a second about a hayrick,
+and then came pouring back.
+
+‘In the barn!’ cried the king.
+
+He bruised his shin against something, and then all three men were
+inside the huge steel-girdered barn in which stood the two motor hay
+lorries that were to take the bombs away. Kurt and Abel, the two
+brothers of Peter, had brought the lorries thither in daylight. They
+had the upper half of the loads of hay thrown off, ready to cover the
+bombs, so soon as the king should show the hiding-place. ‘There’s a
+sort of pit here,’ said the king. ‘Don’t light another lantern. This
+key of mine releases a ring....’
+
+For a time scarcely a word was spoken in the darkness of the barn.
+There was the sound of a slab being lifted and then of feet descending
+a ladder into a pit. Then whispering and then heavy breathing as Kurt
+came struggling up with the first of the hidden bombs.
+
+‘We shall do it yet,’ said the king. And then he gasped. ‘Curse that
+light. Why in the name of Heaven didn’t we shut the barn door?’ For the
+great door stood wide open and all the empty, lifeless yard outside and
+the door and six feet of the floor of the barn were in the blue glare
+of an inquiring searchlight.
+
+‘Shut the door, Peter,’ said Pestovitch.
+
+‘No,’ cried the king, too late, as Peter went forward into the light.
+‘Don’t show yourself!’ cried the king. Kurt made a step forward and
+plucked his brother back. For a time all five men stood still. It
+seemed that light would never go and then abruptly it was turned off,
+leaving them blinded. ‘Now,’ said the king uneasily, ‘now shut the
+door.’
+
+‘Not completely,’ cried Pestovitch. ‘Leave a chink for us to go out
+by....’
+
+It was hot work shifting those bombs, and the king worked for a time
+like a common man. Kurt and Abel carried the great things up and Peter
+brought them to the carts, and the king and Pestovitch helped him to
+place them among the hay. They made as little noise as they could....
+
+‘Ssh!’ cried the king. ‘What’s that?’
+
+But Kurt and Abel did not hear, and came blundering up the ladder with
+the last of the load.
+
+‘Ssh!’ Peter ran forward to them with a whispered remonstrance. Now
+they were still.
+
+The barn door opened a little wider, and against the dim blue light
+outside they saw the black shape of a man.
+
+‘Any one here?’ he asked, speaking with an Italian accent.
+
+The king broke into a cold perspiration. Then Pestovitch answered:
+‘Only a poor farmer loading hay,’ he said, and picked up a huge hay
+fork and went forward softly.
+
+‘You load your hay at a very bad time and in a very bad light,’ said
+the man at the door, peering in. ‘Have you no electric light here?’
+
+Then suddenly he turned on an electric torch, and as he did so
+Pestovitch sprang forward. ‘Get out of my barn!’ he cried, and drove
+the fork full at the intruder’s chest. He had a vague idea that so he
+might stab the man to silence. But the man shouted loudly as the prongs
+pierced him and drove him backward, and instantly there was a sound of
+feet running across the yard.
+
+‘Bombs,’ cried the man upon the ground, struggling with the prongs in
+his hand, and as Pestovitch staggered forward into view with the force
+of his own thrust, he was shot through the body by one of the two
+new-comers.
+
+The man on the ground was badly hurt but plucky. ‘Bombs,’ he repeated,
+and struggled up into a kneeling position and held his electric torch
+full upon the face of the king. ‘Shoot them,’ he cried, coughing and
+spitting blood, so that the halo of light round the king’s head danced
+about.
+
+For a moment in that shivering circle of light the two men saw the king
+kneeling up in the cart and Peter on the barn floor beside him. The old
+fox looked at them sideways—snared, a white-faced evil thing. And then,
+as with a faltering suicidal heroism, he leant forward over the bomb
+before him, they fired together and shot him through the head.
+
+The upper part of his face seemed to vanish.
+
+‘Shoot them,’ cried the man who had been stabbed. ‘Shoot them all!’
+
+And then his light went out, and he rolled over with a groan at the
+feet of his comrades.
+
+But each carried a light of his own, and in another moment everything
+in the barn was visible again. They shot Peter even as he held up his
+hands in sign of surrender.
+
+Kurt and Abel at the head of the ladder hesitated for a moment, and
+then plunged backward into the pit. ‘If we don’t kill them,’ said one
+of the sharpshooters, ‘they’ll blow us to rags. They’ve gone down that
+hatchway. Come! . . .
+
+‘Here they are. Hands up! I say. Hold your light while I shoot....’
+
+Section 8
+
+It was still quite dark when his valet and Firmin came together and
+told the ex-king Egbert that the business was settled.
+
+He started up into a sitting position on the side of his bed.
+
+‘Did he go out?’ asked the ex-king.
+
+‘He is dead,’ said Firmin. ‘He was shot.’
+
+The ex-king reflected. ‘That’s about the best thing that could have
+happened,’ he said. ‘Where are the bombs? In that farm-house on the
+opposite hill-side! Why! the place is in sight! Let us go. I’ll dress.
+Is there any one in the place, Firmin, to get us a cup of coffee?’
+
+Through the hungry twilight of the dawn the ex-king’s automobile
+carried him to the farm-house where the last rebel king was lying among
+his bombs. The rim of the sky flashed, the east grew bright, and the
+sun was just rising over the hills when King Egbert reached the
+farm-yard. There he found the hay lorries drawn out from the barn with
+the dreadful bombs still packed upon them. A couple of score of
+aviators held the yard, and outside a few peasants stood in a little
+group and stared, ignorant as yet of what had happened. Against the
+stone wall of the farm-yard five bodies were lying neatly side by side,
+and Pestovitch had an expression of surprise on his face and the king
+was chiefly identifiable by his long white hands and his blonde
+moustache. The wounded aeronaut had been carried down to the inn. And
+after the ex-king had given directions in what manner the bombs were to
+be taken to the new special laboratories above Zurich, where they could
+be unpacked in an atmosphere of chlorine, he turned to these five still
+shapes.
+
+Their five pairs of feet stuck out with a curious stiff unanimity....
+
+‘What else was there to do?’ he said in answer to some internal
+protest.
+
+‘I wonder, Firmin, if there are any more of them?’
+
+‘Bombs, sir?’ asked Firmin.
+
+‘No, such kings....
+
+‘The pitiful folly of it!’ said the ex-king, following his thoughts.
+‘Firmin, as an ex-professor of International Politics, I think it falls
+to you to bury them. There? . . . No, don’t put them near the well.
+People will have to drink from that well. Bury them over there, some
+way off in the field.’
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THE FOURTH
+THE NEW PHASE
+
+
+Section 1
+
+The task that lay before the Assembly of Brissago, viewed as we may
+view it now from the clarifying standpoint of things accomplished, was
+in its broad issues a simple one. Essentially it was to place social
+organisation upon the new footing that the swift, accelerated advance
+of human knowledge had rendered necessary. The council was gathered
+together with the haste of a salvage expedition, and it was confronted
+with wreckage; but the wreckage was irreparable wreckage, and the only
+possibilities of the case were either the relapse of mankind to the
+agricultural barbarism from which it had emerged so painfully or the
+acceptance of achieved science as the basis of a new social order. The
+old tendencies of human nature, suspicion, jealousy, particularism, and
+belligerency, were incompatible with the monstrous destructive power of
+the new appliances the inhuman logic of science had produced. The
+equilibrium could be restored only by civilisation destroying itself
+down to a level at which modern apparatus could no longer be produced,
+or by human nature adapting itself in its institutions to the new
+conditions. It was for the latter alternative that the assembly
+existed.
+
+Sooner or later this choice would have confronted mankind. The sudden
+development of atomic science did but precipitate and render rapid and
+dramatic a clash between the new and the customary that had been
+gathering since ever the first flint was chipped or the first fire
+built together. From the day when man contrived himself a tool and
+suffered another male to draw near him, he ceased to be altogether a
+thing of instinct and untroubled convictions. From that day forth a
+widening breach can be traced between his egotistical passions and the
+social need. Slowly he adapted himself to the life of the homestead,
+and his passionate impulses widened out to the demands of the clan and
+the tribe. But widen though his impulses might, the latent hunter and
+wanderer and wonderer in his imagination outstripped their development.
+He was never quite subdued to the soil nor quite tamed to the home.
+Everywhere it needed teaching and the priest to keep him within the
+bounds of the plough-life and the beast-tending. Slowly a vast system
+of traditional imperatives superposed itself upon his instincts,
+imperatives that were admirably fitted to make him that cultivator,
+that cattle-mincer, who was for twice ten thousand years the normal
+man.
+
+And, unpremeditated, undesired, out of the accumulations of his tilling
+came civilisation. Civilisation was the agricultural surplus. It
+appeared as trade and tracks and roads, it pushed boats out upon the
+rivers and presently invaded the seas, and within its primitive courts,
+within temples grown rich and leisurely and amidst the gathering medley
+of the seaport towns rose speculation and philosophy and science, and
+the beginning of the new order that has at last established itself as
+human life. Slowly at first, as we traced it, and then with an
+accumulating velocity, the new powers were fabricated. Man as a whole
+did not seek them nor desire them; they were thrust into his hand. For
+a time men took up and used these new things and the new powers
+inadvertently as they came to him, recking nothing of the consequences.
+For endless generations change led him very gently. But when he had
+been led far enough, change quickened the pace. It was with a series of
+shocks that he realised at last that he was living the old life less
+and less and a new life more and more.
+
+Already before the release of atomic energy the tensions between the
+old way of living and the new were intense. They were far intenser than
+they had been even at the collapse of the Roman imperial system. On the
+one hand was the ancient life of the family and the small community and
+the petty industry, on the other was a new life on a larger scale, with
+remoter horizons and a strange sense of purpose. Already it was growing
+clear that men must live on one side or the other. One could not have
+little tradespeople and syndicated businesses in the same market,
+sleeping carters and motor trolleys on the same road, bows and arrows
+and aeroplane sharpshooters in the same army, or illiterate peasant
+industries and power-driven factories in the same world. And still less
+it was possible that one could have the ideas and ambitions and greed
+and jealousy of peasants equipped with the vast appliances of the new
+age. If there had been no atomic bombs to bring together most of the
+directing intelligence of the world to that hasty conference at
+Brissago, there would still have been, extended over great areas and a
+considerable space of time perhaps, a less formal conference of
+responsible and understanding people upon the perplexities of this
+world-wide opposition. If the work of Holsten had been spread over
+centuries and imparted to the world by imperceptible degrees, it would
+nevertheless have made it necessary for men to take counsel upon and
+set a plan for the future. Indeed already there had been accumulating
+for a hundred years before the crisis a literature of foresight; there
+was a whole mass of ‘Modern State’ scheming available for the
+conference to go upon. These bombs did but accentuate and dramatise an
+already developing problem.
+
+Section 2
+
+This assembly was no leap of exceptional minds and super-intelligences
+into the control of affairs. It was teachable, its members trailed
+ideas with them to the gathering, but these were the consequences of
+the ‘moral shock’ the bombs had given humanity, and there is no reason
+for supposing its individual personalities were greatly above the
+average. It would be possible to cite a thousand instances of error and
+inefficiency in its proceedings due to the forgetfulness, irritability,
+or fatigue of its members. It experimented considerably and blundered
+often. Excepting Holsten, whose gift was highly specialised, it is
+questionable whether there was a single man of the first order of human
+quality in the gathering. But it had a modest fear of itself, and a
+consequent directness that gave it a general distinction. There was, of
+course, a noble simplicity about Leblanc, but even of him it may be
+asked whether he was not rather good and honest-minded than in the
+fuller sense great.
+
+The ex-king had wisdom and a certain romantic dash, he was a man among
+thousands, even if he was not a man among millions, but his memoirs,
+and indeed his decision to write memoirs, give the quality of himself
+and his associates. The book makes admirable but astonishing reading.
+Therein he takes the great work the council was doing for granted as a
+little child takes God. It is as if he had no sense of it at all. He
+tells amusing trivialities about his cousin Wilhelm and his secretary
+Firmin, he pokes fun at the American president, who was, indeed, rather
+a little accident of the political machine than a representative
+American, and he gives a long description of how he was lost for three
+days in the mountains in the company of the only Japanese member, a
+loss that seems to have caused no serious interruption of the work of
+the council....
+
+The Brissago conference has been written about time after time, as
+though it were a gathering of the very flower of humanity. Perched up
+there by the freak or wisdom of Leblanc, it had a certain Olympian
+quality, and the natural tendency of the human mind to elaborate such a
+resemblance would have us give its members the likenesses of gods. It
+would be equally reasonable to compare it to one of those enforced
+meetings upon the mountain-tops that must have occurred in the opening
+phases of the Deluge. The strength of the council lay not in itself but
+in the circumstances that had quickened its intelligence, dispelled its
+vanities, and emancipated it from traditional ambitions and
+antagonisms. It was stripped of the accumulation of centuries, a naked
+government with all that freedom of action that nakedness affords. And
+its problems were set before it with a plainness that was out of all
+comparison with the complicated and perplexing intimations of the
+former time.
+
+The world on which the council looked did indeed present a task quite
+sufficiently immense and altogether too urgent for any wanton
+indulgence in internal dissension. It may be interesting to sketch in a
+few phrases the condition of mankind at the close of the period of
+warring states, in the year of crisis that followed the release of
+atomic power. It was a world extraordinarily limited when one measures
+it by later standards, and it was now in a state of the direst
+confusion and distress.
+
+It must be remembered that at this time men had still to spread into
+enormous areas of the land surface of the globe. There were vast
+mountain wildernesses, forest wildernesses, sandy deserts, and frozen
+lands. Men still clung closely to water and arable soil in temperate or
+sub-tropical climates, they lived abundantly only in river valleys, and
+all their great cities had grown upon large navigable rivers or close
+to ports upon the sea. Over great areas even of this suitable land
+flies and mosquitoes, armed with infection, had so far defeated human
+invasion, and under their protection the virgin forests remained
+untouched. Indeed, the whole world even in its most crowded districts
+was filthy with flies and swarming with needless insect life to an
+extent which is now almost incredible. A population map of the world in
+1950 would have followed seashore and river course so closely in its
+darker shading as to give an impression that _homo sapiens_ was an
+amphibious animal. His roads and railways lay also along the lower
+contours, only here and there to pierce some mountain barrier or reach
+some holiday resort did they clamber above 3000 feet. And across the
+ocean his traffic passed in definite lines; there were hundreds of
+thousands of square miles of ocean no ship ever traversed except by
+mischance.
+
+Into the mysteries of the solid globe under his feet he had not yet
+pierced for five miles, and it was still not forty years since, with a
+tragic pertinacity, he had clambered to the poles of the earth. The
+limitless mineral wealth of the Arctic and Antarctic circles was still
+buried beneath vast accumulations of immemorial ice, and the secret
+riches of the inner zones of the crust were untapped and indeed
+unsuspected. The higher mountain regions were known only to a
+sprinkling of guide-led climbers and the frequenters of a few gaunt
+hotels, and the vast rainless belts of land that lay across the
+continental masses, from Gobi to Sahara and along the backbone of
+America, with their perfect air, their daily baths of blazing sunshine,
+their nights of cool serenity and glowing stars, and their reservoirs
+of deep-lying water, were as yet only desolations of fear and death to
+the common imagination.
+
+And now under the shock of the atomic bombs, the great masses of
+population which had gathered into the enormous dingy town centres of
+that period were dispossessed and scattered disastrously over the
+surrounding rural areas. It was as if some brutal force, grown
+impatient at last at man’s blindness, had with the deliberate intention
+of a rearrangement of population upon more wholesome lines, shaken the
+world. The great industrial regions and the large cities that had
+escaped the bombs were, because of their complete economic collapse, in
+almost as tragic plight as those that blazed, and the country-side was
+disordered by a multitude of wandering and lawless strangers. In some
+parts of the world famine raged, and in many regions there was
+plague.... The plains of north India, which had become more and more
+dependent for the general welfare on the railways and that great system
+of irrigation canals which the malignant section of the patriots had
+destroyed, were in a state of peculiar distress, whole villages lay
+dead together, no man heeding, and the very tigers and panthers that
+preyed upon the emaciated survivors crawled back infected into the
+jungle to perish. Large areas of China were a prey to brigand bands....
+
+It is a remarkable thing that no complete contemporary account of the
+explosion of the atomic bombs survives. There are, of course,
+innumerable allusions and partial records, and it is from these that
+subsequent ages must piece together the image of these devastations.
+
+The phenomena, it must be remembered, changed greatly from day to day,
+and even from hour to hour, as the exploding bomb shifted its position,
+threw off fragments or came into contact with water or a fresh texture
+of soil. Barnet, who came within forty miles of Paris early in October,
+is concerned chiefly with his account of the social confusion of the
+country-side and the problems of his command, but he speaks of heaped
+cloud masses of steam. ‘All along the sky to the south-west’ and of a
+red glare beneath these at night. Parts of Paris were still burning,
+and numbers of people were camped in the fields even at this distance
+watching over treasured heaps of salvaged loot. He speaks too of the
+distant rumbling of the explosion—‘like trains going over iron
+bridges.’
+
+Other descriptions agree with this; they all speak of the ‘continuous
+reverberations,’ or of the ‘thudding and hammering,’ or some such
+phrase; and they all testify to a huge pall of steam, from which rain
+would fall suddenly in torrents and amidst which lightning played.
+Drawing nearer to Paris an observer would have found the salvage camps
+increasing in number and blocking up the villages, and large numbers of
+people, often starving and ailing, camping under improvised tents
+because there was no place for them to go. The sky became more and more
+densely overcast until at last it blotted out the light of day and left
+nothing but a dull red glare ‘extraordinarily depressing to the
+spirit.’ In this dull glare, great numbers of people were still living,
+clinging to their houses and in many cases subsisting in a state of
+partial famine upon the produce in their gardens and the stores in the
+shops of the provision dealers.
+
+Coming in still closer, the investigator would have reached the police
+cordon, which was trying to check the desperate enterprise of those who
+would return to their homes or rescue their more valuable possessions
+within the ‘zone of imminent danger.’
+
+That zone was rather arbitrarily defined. If our spectator could have
+got permission to enter it, he would have entered also a zone of
+uproar, a zone of perpetual thunderings, lit by a strange purplish-red
+light, and quivering and swaying with the incessant explosion of the
+radio-active substance. Whole blocks of buildings were alight and
+burning fiercely, the trembling, ragged flames looking pale and ghastly
+and attenuated in comparison with the full-bodied crimson glare beyond.
+The shells of other edifices already burnt rose, pierced by rows of
+window sockets against the red-lit mist.
+
+Every step farther would have been as dangerous as a descent within the
+crater of an active volcano. These spinning, boiling bomb centres would
+shift or break unexpectedly into new regions, great fragments of earth
+or drain or masonry suddenly caught by a jet of disruptive force might
+come flying by the explorer’s head, or the ground yawn a fiery grave
+beneath his feet. Few who adventured into these areas of destruction
+and survived attempted any repetition of their experiences. There are
+stories of puffs of luminous, radio-active vapour drifting sometimes
+scores of miles from the bomb centre and killing and scorching all they
+overtook. And the first conflagrations from the Paris centre spread
+westward half-way to the sea.
+
+Moreover, the air in this infernal inner circle of red-lit ruins had a
+peculiar dryness and a blistering quality, so that it set up a soreness
+of the skin and lungs that was very difficult to heal....
+
+Such was the last state of Paris, and such on a larger scale was the
+condition of affairs in Chicago, and the same fate had overtaken
+Berlin, Moscow, Tokio, the eastern half of London, Toulon, Kiel, and
+two hundred and eighteen other centres of population or armament. Each
+was a flaming centre of radiant destruction that only time could
+quench, that indeed in many instances time has still to quench. To this
+day, though indeed with a constantly diminishing uproar and vigour,
+these explosions continue. In the map of nearly every country of the
+world three or four or more red circles, a score of miles in diameter,
+mark the position of the dying atomic bombs and the death areas that
+men have been forced to abandon around them. Within these areas
+perished museums, cathedrals, palaces, libraries, galleries of
+masterpieces, and a vast accumulation of human achievement, whose
+charred remains lie buried, a legacy of curious material that only
+future generations may hope to examine....
+
+Section 3
+
+The state of mind of the dispossessed urban population which swarmed
+and perished so abundantly over the country-side during the dark days
+of the autumnal months that followed the Last War, was one of blank
+despair. Barnet gives sketch after sketch of groups of these people,
+camped among the vineyards of Champagne, as he saw them during his
+period of service with the army of pacification.
+
+There was, for example, that ‘man-milliner’ who came out from a field
+beside the road that rises up eastward out of Epernay, and asked how
+things were going in Paris. He was, says Barnet, a round-faced man,
+dressed very neatly in black—so neatly that it was amazing to discover
+he was living close at hand in a tent made of carpets—and he had ‘an
+urbane but insistent manner,’ a carefully trimmed moustache and beard,
+expressive eyebrows, and hair very neatly brushed.
+
+‘No one goes into Paris,’ said Barnet.
+
+‘But, Monsieur, that is very unenterprising,’ the man by the wayside
+submitted.
+
+‘The danger is too great. The radiations eat into people’s skins.’
+
+The eyebrows protested. ‘But is nothing to be done?’
+
+‘Nothing can be done.’
+
+‘But, Monsieur, it is extraordinarily inconvenient, this living in
+exile and waiting. My wife and my little boy suffer extremely. There is
+a lack of amenity. And the season advances. I say nothing of the
+expense and difficulty in obtaining provisions.... When does Monsieur
+think that something will be done to render Paris—possible?’
+
+Barnet considered his interlocutor.
+
+‘I’m told,’ said Barnet, ‘that Paris is not likely to be possible again
+for several generations.’
+
+‘Oh! but this is preposterous! Consider, Monsieur! What are people like
+ourselves to do in the meanwhile? I am a costumier. All my connections
+and interests, above all my style, demand Paris....’
+
+Barnet considered the sky, from which a light rain was beginning to
+fall, the wide fields about them from which the harvest had been taken,
+the trimmed poplars by the wayside.
+
+‘Naturally,’ he agreed, ‘you want to go to Paris. But Paris is over.’
+
+‘Over!’
+
+‘Finished.’
+
+‘But then, Monsieur—what is to become—of _me?_’
+
+Barnet turned his face westward, whither the white road led.
+
+‘Where else, for example, may I hope to find—opportunity?’
+
+Barnet made no reply.
+
+‘Perhaps on the Riviera. Or at some such place as Homburg. Or some
+place perhaps.’
+
+‘All that,’ said Barnet, accepting for the first time facts that had
+lain evident in his mind for weeks; ‘all that must be over, too.’
+
+There was a pause. Then the voice beside him broke out. ‘But, Monsieur,
+it is impossible! It leaves—nothing.’
+
+‘No. Not very much.’
+
+‘One cannot suddenly begin to grow potatoes!’
+
+‘It would be good if Monsieur could bring himself——’
+
+‘To the life of a peasant! And my wife——You do not know the
+distinguished delicacy of my wife, a refined helplessness, a peculiar
+dependent charm. Like some slender tropical creeper—with great white
+flowers.... But all this is foolish talk. It is impossible that Paris,
+which has survived so many misfortunes, should not presently revive.’
+
+‘I do not think it will ever revive. Paris is finished. London, too, I
+am told—Berlin. All the great capitals were stricken....’
+
+‘But——! Monsieur must permit me to differ.’
+
+‘It is so.’
+
+‘It is impossible. Civilisations do not end in this manner. Mankind
+will insist.’
+
+‘On Paris?’
+
+‘On Paris.’
+
+‘Monsieur, you might as well hope to go down the Maelstrom and resume
+business there.’
+
+‘I am content, Monsieur, with my own faith.’
+
+‘The winter comes on. Would not Monsieur be wiser to seek a house?’
+
+‘Farther from Paris? No, Monsieur. But it is not possible, Monsieur,
+what you say, and you are under a tremendous mistake.... Indeed you are
+in error.... I asked merely for information....’
+
+‘When last I saw him,’ said Barnet, ‘he was standing under the signpost
+at the crest of the hill, gazing wistfully, yet it seemed to me a
+little doubtfully, now towards Paris, and altogether heedless of a
+drizzling rain that was wetting him through and through....’
+
+Section 4
+
+This effect of chill dismay, of a doom as yet imperfectly apprehended
+deepens as Barnet’s record passes on to tell of the approach of winter.
+It was too much for the great mass of those unwilling and incompetent
+nomads to realise that an age had ended, that the old help and guidance
+existed no longer, that times would not mend again, however patiently
+they held out. They were still in many cases looking to Paris when the
+first snowflakes of that pitiless January came swirling about them. The
+story grows grimmer....
+
+If it is less monstrously tragic after Barnet’s return to England, it
+is, if anything, harder. England was a spectacle of fear-embittered
+householders, hiding food, crushing out robbery, driving the starving
+wanderers from every faltering place upon the roads lest they should
+die inconveniently and reproachfully on the doorsteps of those who had
+failed to urge them onward....
+
+The remnants of the British troops left France finally in March, after
+urgent representations from the provisional government at Orleans that
+they could be supported no longer. They seem to have been a fairly
+well-behaved, but highly parasitic force throughout, though Barnet is
+clearly of opinion that they did much to suppress sporadic brigandage
+and maintain social order. He came home to a famine-stricken country,
+and his picture of the England of that spring is one of miserable
+patience and desperate expedients. The country was suffering much more
+than France, because of the cessation of the overseas supplies on which
+it had hitherto relied. His troops were given bread, dried fish, and
+boiled nettles at Dover, and marched inland to Ashford and paid off. On
+the way thither they saw four men hanging from the telegraph posts by
+the roadside, who had been hung for stealing swedes. The labour refuges
+of Kent, he discovered, were feeding their crowds of casual wanderers
+on bread into which clay and sawdust had been mixed. In Surrey there
+was a shortage of even such fare as that. He himself struck across
+country to Winchester, fearing to approach the bomb-poisoned district
+round London, and at Winchester he had the luck to be taken on as one
+of the wireless assistants at the central station and given regular
+rations. The station stood in a commanding position on the chalk hill
+that overlooks the town from the east....
+
+Thence he must have assisted in the transmission of the endless cipher
+messages that preceded the gathering at Brissago, and there it was that
+the Brissago proclamation of the end of the war and the establishment
+of a world government came under his hands.
+
+He was feeling ill and apathetic that day, and he did not realise what
+it was he was transcribing. He did it mechanically, as a part of his
+tedious duty.
+
+Afterwards there came a rush of messages arising out of the declaration
+that strained him very much, and in the evening when he was relieved,
+he ate his scanty supper and then went out upon the little balcony
+before the station, to smoke and rest his brains after this sudden and
+as yet inexplicable press of duty. It was a very beautiful, still
+evening. He fell talking to a fellow operator, and for the first time,
+he declares, ‘I began to understand what it was all about. I began to
+see just what enormous issues had been under my hands for the past four
+hours. But I became incredulous after my first stimulation. “This is
+some sort of Bunkum,” I said very sagely.
+
+‘My colleague was more hopeful. “It means an end to bomb-throwing and
+destruction,” he said. “It means that presently corn will come from
+America.”
+
+‘“Who is going to send corn when there is no more value in money?” I
+asked.
+
+‘Suddenly we were startled by a clashing from the town below. The
+cathedral bells, which had been silent ever since I had come into the
+district, were beginning, with a sort of rheumatic difficulty, to ring.
+Presently they warmed a little to the work, and we realised what was
+going on. They were ringing a peal. We listened with an unbelieving
+astonishment and looking into each other’s yellow faces.
+
+‘“They mean it,” said my colleague.
+
+‘“But what can they do now?” I asked. “Everything is broken down....”’
+
+And on that sentence, with an unexpected artistry, Barnet abruptly ends
+his story.
+
+Section 5
+
+From the first the new government handled affairs with a certain
+greatness of spirit. Indeed, it was inevitable that they should act
+greatly. From the first they had to see the round globe as one problem;
+it was impossible any longer to deal with it piece by piece. They had
+to secure it universally from any fresh outbreak of atomic destruction,
+and they had to ensure a permanent and universal pacification. On this
+capacity to grasp and wield the whole round globe their existence
+depended. There was no scope for any further performance.
+
+So soon as the seizure of the existing supplies of atomic ammunition
+and the apparatus for synthesising Carolinum was assured, the
+disbanding or social utilisation of the various masses of troops still
+under arms had to be arranged, the salvation of the year’s harvests,
+and the feeding, housing, and employment of the drifting millions of
+homeless people. In Canada, in South America, and Asiatic Russia there
+were vast accumulations of provision that was immovable only because of
+the breakdown of the monetary and credit systems. These had to be
+brought into the famine districts very speedily if entire depopulation
+was to be avoided, and their transportation and the revival of
+communications generally absorbed a certain proportion of the soldiery
+and more able unemployed. The task of housing assumed gigantic
+dimensions, and from building camps the housing committee of the
+council speedily passed to constructions of a more permanent type. They
+found far less friction than might have been expected in turning the
+loose population on their hands to these things. People were
+extraordinarily tamed by that year of suffering and death; they were
+disillusioned of their traditions, bereft of once obstinate prejudices;
+they felt foreign in a strange world, and ready to follow any confident
+leadership. The orders of the new government came with the best of all
+credentials, rations. The people everywhere were as easy to control,
+one of the old labour experts who had survived until the new time
+witnesses, ‘as gangs of emigrant workers in a new land.’ And now it was
+that the social possibilities of the atomic energy began to appear. The
+new machinery that had come into existence before the last wars
+increased and multiplied, and the council found itself not only with
+millions of hands at its disposal but with power and apparatus that
+made its first conceptions of the work it had to do seem pitifully
+timid. The camps that were planned in iron and deal were built in stone
+and brass; the roads that were to have been mere iron tracks became
+spacious ways that insisted upon architecture; the cultivations of
+foodstuffs that were to have supplied emergency rations, were
+presently, with synthesisers, fertilisers, actinic light, and
+scientific direction, in excess of every human need.
+
+The government had begun with the idea of temporarily reconstituting
+the social and economic system that had prevailed before the first
+coming of the atomic engine, because it was to this system that the
+ideas and habits of the great mass of the world’s dispossessed
+population was adapted. Subsequent rearrangement it had hoped to leave
+to its successors—whoever they might be. But this, it became more and
+more manifest, was absolutely impossible. As well might the council
+have proposed a revival of slavery. The capitalist system had already
+been smashed beyond repair by the onset of limitless gold and energy;
+it fell to pieces at the first endeavour to stand it up again. Already
+before the war half of the industrial class had been out of work, the
+attempt to put them back into wages employment on the old lines was
+futile from the outset—the absolute shattering of the currency system
+alone would have been sufficient to prevent that, and it was necessary
+therefore to take over the housing, feeding, and clothing of this
+worldwide multitude without exacting any return in labour whatever. In
+a little while the mere absence of occupation for so great a multitude
+of people everywhere became an evident social danger, and the
+government was obliged to resort to such devices as simple decorative
+work in wood and stone, the manufacture of hand-woven textiles,
+fruit-growing, flower-growing, and landscape gardening on a grand scale
+to keep the less adaptable out of mischief, and of paying wages to the
+younger adults for attendance at schools that would equip them to use
+the new atomic machinery.... So quite insensibly the council drifted
+into a complete reorganisation of urban and industrial life, and indeed
+of the entire social system.
+
+Ideas that are unhampered by political intrigue or financial
+considerations have a sweeping way with them, and before a year was out
+the records of the council show clearly that it was rising to its
+enormous opportunity, and partly through its own direct control and
+partly through a series of specific committees, it was planning a new
+common social order for the entire population of the earth. ‘There can
+be no real social stability or any general human happiness while large
+areas of the world and large classes of people are in a phase of
+civilisation different from the prevailing mass. It is impossible now
+to have great blocks of population misunderstanding the generally
+accepted social purpose or at an economic disadvantage to the rest.’ So
+the council expressed its conception of the problem it had to solve.
+The peasant, the field-worker, and all barbaric cultivators were at an
+‘economic disadvantage’ to the more mobile and educated classes, and
+the logic of the situation compelled the council to take up
+systematically the supersession of this stratum by a more efficient
+organisation of production. It developed a scheme for the progressive
+establishment throughout the world of the ‘modern system’ in
+agriculture, a system that should give the full advantages of a
+civilised life to every agricultural worker, and this replacement has
+been going on right up to the present day. The central idea of the
+modern system is the substitution of cultivating guilds for the
+individual cultivator, and for cottage and village life altogether.
+These guilds are associations of men and women who take over areas of
+arable or pasture land, and make themselves responsible for a certain
+average produce. They are bodies small enough as a rule to be run on a
+strictly democratic basis, and large enough to supply all the labour,
+except for a certain assistance from townspeople during the harvest,
+needed upon the land farmed. They have watchers’ bungalows or chalets
+on the ground cultivated, but the ease and the costlessness of modern
+locomotion enables them to maintain a group of residences in the
+nearest town with a common dining-room and club house, and usually also
+a guild house in the national or provincial capital. Already this
+system has abolished a distinctively ‘rustic’ population throughout
+vast areas of the old world, where it has prevailed immemorially. That
+shy, unstimulated life of the lonely hovel, the narrow scandals and
+petty spites and persecutions of the small village, that hoarding, half
+inanimate existence away from books, thought, or social participation
+and in constant contact with cattle, pigs, poultry, and their
+excrement, is passing away out of human experience. In a little while
+it will be gone altogether. In the nineteenth century it had already
+ceased to be a necessary human state, and only the absence of any
+collective intelligence and an imagined need for tough and
+unintelligent soldiers and for a prolific class at a low level,
+prevented its systematic replacement at that time....
+
+And while this settlement of the country was in progress, the urban
+camps of the first phase of the council’s activities were rapidly
+developing, partly through the inherent forces of the situation and
+partly through the council’s direction, into a modern type of town....
+
+Section 6
+
+It is characteristic of the manner in which large enterprises forced
+themselves upon the Brissago council, that it was not until the end of
+the first year of their administration and then only with extreme
+reluctance that they would take up the manifest need for a _lingua
+franca_ for the world. They seem to have given little attention to the
+various theoretical universal languages which were proposed to them.
+They wished to give as little trouble to hasty and simple people as
+possible, and the world-wide distribution of English gave them a bias
+for it from the beginning. The extreme simplicity of its grammar was
+also in its favour.
+
+It was not without some sacrifices that the English-speaking peoples
+were permitted the satisfaction of hearing their speech used
+universally. The language was shorn of a number of grammatical
+peculiarities, the distinctive forms for the subjunctive mood for
+example and most of its irregular plurals were abolished; its spelling
+was systematised and adapted to the vowel sounds in use upon the
+continent of Europe, and a process of incorporating foreign nouns and
+verbs commenced that speedily reached enormous proportions. Within ten
+years from the establishment of the World Republic the New English
+Dictionary had swelled to include a vocabulary of 250,000 words, and a
+man of 1900 would have found considerable difficulty in reading an
+ordinary newspaper. On the other hand, the men of the new time could
+still appreciate the older English literature.... Certain minor acts of
+uniformity accompanied this larger one. The idea of a common
+understanding and a general simplification of intercourse once it was
+accepted led very naturally to the universal establishment of the
+metric system of weights and measures, and to the disappearance of the
+various makeshift calendars that had hitherto confused chronology. The
+year was divided into thirteen months of four weeks each, and New
+Year’s Day and Leap Year’s Day were made holidays, and did not count at
+all in the ordinary week. So the weeks and the months were brought into
+correspondence. And moreover, as the king put it to Firmin, it was
+decided to ‘nail down Easter.’ . . . In these matters, as in so many
+matters, the new civilisation came as a simplification of ancient
+complications; the history of the calendar throughout the world is a
+history of inadequate adjustments, of attempts to fix seed-time and
+midwinter that go back into the very beginning of human society; and
+this final rectification had a symbolic value quite beyond its
+practical convenience. But the council would have no rash nor harsh
+innovations, no strange names for the months, and no alteration in the
+numbering of the years.
+
+The world had already been put upon one universal monetary basis. For
+some months after the accession of the council, the world’s affairs had
+been carried on without any sound currency at all. Over great regions
+money was still in use, but with the most extravagant variations in
+price and the most disconcerting fluctuations of public confidence. The
+ancient rarity of gold upon which the entire system rested was gone.
+Gold was now a waste product in the release of atomic energy, and it
+was plain that no metal could be the basis of the monetary system
+again. Henceforth all coins must be token coins. Yet the whole world
+was accustomed to metallic money, and a vast proportion of existing
+human relationships had grown up upon a cash basis, and were almost
+inconceivable without that convenient liquidating factor. It seemed
+absolutely necessary to the life of the social organisation to have
+some sort of currency, and the council had therefore to discover some
+real value upon which to rest it. Various such apparently stable values
+as land and hours of work were considered. Ultimately the government,
+which was now in possession of most of the supplies of energy-releasing
+material, fixed a certain number of units of energy as the value of a
+gold sovereign, declared a sovereign to be worth exactly twenty marks,
+twenty-five francs, five dollars, and so forth, with the other current
+units of the world, and undertook, under various qualifications and
+conditions, to deliver energy upon demand as payment for every
+sovereign presented. On the whole, this worked satisfactorily. They
+saved the face of the pound sterling. Coin was rehabilitated, and after
+a phase of price fluctuations, began to settle down to definite
+equivalents and uses again, with names and everyday values familiar to
+the common run of people....
+
+Section 7
+
+As the Brissago council came to realise that what it had supposed to be
+temporary camps of refugees were rapidly developing into great towns of
+a new type, and that it was remoulding the world in spite of itself, it
+decided to place this work of redistributing the non-agricultural
+population in the hands of a compactor and better qualified special
+committee. That committee is now, far more than the council of any
+other of its delegated committees, the active government of the world.
+Developed from an almost invisible germ of ‘town-planning’ that came
+obscurely into existence in Europe or America (the question is still in
+dispute) somewhere in the closing decades of the nineteenth century,
+its work, the continual active planning and replanning of the world as
+a place of human habitation, is now so to speak the collective material
+activity of the race. The spontaneous, disorderly spreadings and
+recessions of populations, as aimless and mechanical as the trickling
+of spilt water, which was the substance of history for endless years,
+giving rise here to congestions, here to chronic devastating wars, and
+everywhere to a discomfort and disorderliness that was at its best only
+picturesque, is at an end. Men spread now, with the whole power of the
+race to aid them, into every available region of the earth. Their
+cities are no longer tethered to running water and the proximity of
+cultivation, their plans are no longer affected by strategic
+considerations or thoughts of social insecurity. The aeroplane and the
+nearly costless mobile car have abolished trade routes; a common
+language and a universal law have abolished a thousand restraining
+inconveniences, and so an astonishing dispersal of habitations has
+begun. One may live anywhere. And so it is that our cities now are true
+social gatherings, each with a character of its own and distinctive
+interests of its own, and most of them with a common occupation. They
+lie out in the former deserts, these long wasted sun-baths of the race,
+they tower amidst eternal snows, they hide in remote islands, and bask
+on broad lagoons. For a time the whole tendency of mankind was to
+desert the river valleys in which the race had been cradled for half a
+million years, but now that the War against Flies has been waged so
+successfully that this pestilential branch of life is nearly extinct,
+they are returning thither with a renewed appetite for gardens laced by
+watercourses, for pleasant living amidst islands and houseboats and
+bridges, and for nocturnal lanterns reflected by the sea.
+
+Man who is ceasing to be an agricultural animal becomes more and more a
+builder, a traveller, and a maker. How much he ceases to be a
+cultivator of the soil the returns of the Redistribution Committee
+showed. Every year the work of our scientific laboratories increases
+the productivity and simplifies the labour of those who work upon the
+soil, and the food now of the whole world is produced by less than one
+per cent. of its population, a percentage which still tends to
+decrease. Far fewer people are needed upon the land than training and
+proclivity dispose towards it, and as a consequence of this excess of
+human attention, the garden side of life, the creation of groves and
+lawns and vast regions of beautiful flowers, has expanded enormously
+and continues to expand. For, as agricultural method intensifies and
+the quota is raised, one farm association after another, availing
+itself of the 1975 regulations, elects to produce a public garden and
+pleasaunce in the place of its former fields, and the area of freedom
+and beauty is increased. And the chemists’ triumphs of synthesis, which
+could now give us an entirely artificial food, remain largely in
+abeyance because it is so much more pleasant and interesting to eat
+natural produce and to grow such things upon the soil. Each year adds
+to the variety of our fruits and the delightfulness of our flowers.
+
+Section 8
+
+The early years of the World Republic witnessed a certain recrudescence
+of political adventure. There was, it is rather curious to note, no
+revival of separatism after the face of King Ferdinand Charles had
+vanished from the sight of men, but in a number of countries, as the
+first urgent physical needs were met, there appeared a variety of
+personalities having this in common, that they sought to revive
+political trouble and clamber by its aid to positions of importance and
+satisfaction. In no case did they speak in the name of kings, and it is
+clear that monarchy must have been far gone in obsolescence before the
+twentieth century began, but they made appeals to the large survivals
+of nationalist and racial feeling that were everywhere to be found,
+they alleged with considerable justice that the council was overriding
+racial and national customs and disregarding religious rules. The great
+plain of India was particularly prolific in such agitators. The revival
+of newspapers, which had largely ceased during the terrible year
+because of the dislocation of the coinage, gave a vehicle and a method
+of organisation to these complaints. At first the council disregarded
+this developing opposition, and then it recognised it with an entirely
+devastating frankness.
+
+Never, of course, had there been so provisional a government. It was of
+an extravagant illegality. It was, indeed, hardly more than a club, a
+club of about a hundred persons. At the outset there were ninety-three,
+and these were increased afterwards by the issue of invitations which
+more than balanced its deaths, to as many at one time as one hundred
+and nineteen. Always its constitution has been miscellaneous. At no
+time were these invitations issued with an admission that they
+recognised a right. The old institution or monarchy had come out
+unexpectedly well in the light of the new _régime_. Nine of the
+original members of the first government were crowned heads who had
+resigned their separate sovereignty, and at no time afterwards did the
+number of its royal members sink below six. In their case there was
+perhaps a kind of attenuated claim to rule, but except for them and the
+still more infinitesimal pretensions of one or two ex-presidents of
+republics, no member of the council had even the shade of a right to
+his participation in its power. It was natural, therefore, that its
+opponents should find a common ground in a clamour for representative
+government, and build high hopes upon a return, to parliamentary
+institutions.
+
+The council decided to give them everything they wanted, but in a form
+that suited ill with their aspirations. It became at one stroke a
+representative body. It became, indeed, magnificently representative.
+It became so representative that the politicians were drowned in a
+deluge of votes. Every adult of either sex from pole to pole was given
+a vote, and the world was divided into ten constituencies, which voted
+on the same day by means of a simple modification of the world post.
+Membership of the government, it was decided, must be for life, save in
+the exceptional case of a recall; but the elections, which were held
+quinquennially, were arranged to add fifty members on each occasion.
+The method of proportional representation with one transferable vote
+was adopted, and the voter might also write upon his voting paper in a
+specially marked space, the name of any of his representatives that he
+wished to recall. A ruler was recallable by as many votes as the quota
+by which he had been elected, and the original members by as many votes
+in any constituency as the returning quotas in the first election.
+
+Upon these conditions the council submitted itself very cheerfully to
+the suffrages of the world. None of its members were recalled, and its
+fifty new associates, which included twenty-seven which it had seen fit
+to recommend, were of an altogether too miscellaneous quality to
+disturb the broad trend of its policy. Its freedom from rules or
+formalities prevented any obstructive proceedings, and when one of the
+two newly arrived Home Rule members for India sought for information
+how to bring in a bill, they learnt simply that bills were not brought
+in. They asked for the speaker, and were privileged to hear much ripe
+wisdom from the ex-king Egbert, who was now consciously among the
+seniors of the gathering. Thereafter they were baffled men....
+
+But already by that time the work of the council was drawing to an end.
+It was concerned not so much for the continuation of its construction
+as for the preservation of its accomplished work from the dramatic
+instincts of the politician.
+
+The life of the race becomes indeed more and more independent of the
+formal government. The council, in its opening phase, was heroic in
+spirit; a dragon-slaying body, it slashed out of existence a vast,
+knotted tangle of obsolete ideas and clumsy and jealous
+proprietorships; it secured by a noble system of institutional
+precautions, freedom of inquiry, freedom of criticism, free
+communications, a common basis of education and understanding, and
+freedom from economic oppression. With that its creative task was
+accomplished. It became more and more an established security and less
+and less an active intervention. There is nothing in our time to
+correspond with the continual petty making and entangling of laws in an
+atmosphere of contention that is perhaps the most perplexing aspect of
+constitutional history in the nineteenth century. In that age they seem
+to have been perpetually making laws when we should alter regulations.
+The work of change which we delegate to these scientific committees of
+specific general direction which have the special knowledge needed, and
+which are themselves dominated by the broad intellectual process of the
+community, was in those days inextricably mixed up with legislation.
+They fought over the details; we should as soon think of fighting over
+the arrangement of the parts of a machine. We know nowadays that such
+things go on best within laws, as life goes on between earth and sky.
+And so it is that government gathers now for a day or so in each year
+under the sunshine of Brissago when Saint Bruno’s lilies are in flower,
+and does little more than bless the work of its committees. And even
+these committees are less originative and more expressive of the
+general thought than they were at first. It becomes difficult to mark
+out the particular directive personalities of the world. Continually we
+are less personal. Every good thought contributes now, and every able
+brain falls within that informal and dispersed kingship which gathers
+together into one purpose the energies of the race.
+
+Section 9
+
+It is doubtful if we shall ever see again a phase of human existence in
+which ‘politics,’ that is to say a partisan interference with the
+ruling sanities of the world, will be the dominant interest among
+serious men. We seem to have entered upon an entirely new phase in
+history in which contention as distinguished from rivalry, has almost
+abruptly ceased to be the usual occupation, and has become at most a
+subdued and hidden and discredited thing. Contentious professions cease
+to be an honourable employment for men. The peace between nations is
+also a peace between individuals. We live in a world that comes of age.
+Man the warrior, man the lawyer, and all the bickering aspects of life,
+pass into obscurity; the grave dreamers, man the curious learner, and
+man the creative artist, come forward to replace these barbaric aspects
+of existence by a less ignoble adventure.
+
+There is no natural life of man. He is, and always has been, a sheath
+of varied and even incompatible possibilities, a palimpsest of
+inherited dispositions. It was the habit of many writers in the early
+twentieth century to speak of competition and the narrow, private life
+of trade and saving and suspicious isolation as though such things were
+in some exceptional way proper to the human constitution, and as though
+openness of mind and a preference for achievement over possession were
+abnormal and rather unsubstantial qualities. How wrong that was the
+history of the decades immediately following the establishment of the
+world republic witnesses. Once the world was released from the
+hardening insecurities of a needless struggle for life that was
+collectively planless and individually absorbing, it became apparent
+that there was in the vast mass of people a long, smothered passion to
+make things. The world broke out into making, and at first mainly into
+æsthetic making. This phase of history, which has been not inaptly
+termed the ‘Efflorescence,’ is still, to a large extent, with us. The
+majority of our population consists of artists, and the bulk of
+activity in the world lies no longer with necessities but with their
+elaboration, decoration, and refinement. There has been an evident
+change in the quality of this making during recent years. It becomes
+more purposeful than it was, losing something of its first elegance and
+prettiness and gaining in intensity; but that is a change rather of hue
+than of nature. That comes with a deepening philosophy and a sounder
+education. For the first joyous exercises of fancy we perceive now the
+deliberation of a more constructive imagination. There is a natural
+order in these things, and art comes before science as the satisfaction
+of more elemental needs must come before art, and as play and pleasure
+come in a human life before the development of a settled purpose....
+
+For thousands of years this gathering impulse to creative work must
+have struggled in man against the limitations imposed upon him by his
+social ineptitude. It was a long smouldering fire that flamed out at
+last in all these things. The evidence of a pathetic, perpetually
+thwarted urgency to make something, is one of the most touching aspects
+of the relics and records of our immediate ancestors. There exists
+still in the death area about the London bombs, a region of deserted
+small homes that furnish the most illuminating comment on the old state
+of affairs. These homes are entirely horrible, uniform, square, squat,
+hideously proportioned, uncomfortable, dingy, and in some respects
+quite filthy, only people in complete despair of anything better could
+have lived in them, but to each is attached a ridiculous little
+rectangle of land called ‘the garden,’ containing usually a prop for
+drying clothes and a loathsome box of offal, the dustbin, full of
+egg-shells, cinders, and such-like refuse. Now that one may go about
+this region in comparative security—for the London radiations have
+dwindled to inconsiderable proportions—it is possible to trace in
+nearly every one of these gardens some effort to make. Here it is a
+poor little plank summer-house, here it is a ‘fountain’ of bricks and
+oyster-shells, here a ‘rockery,’ here a ‘workshop.’ And in the houses
+everywhere there are pitiful little decorations, clumsy models, feeble
+drawings. These efforts are almost incredibly inept, like the drawings
+of blindfolded men, they are only one shade less harrowing to a
+sympathetic observer than the scratchings one finds upon the walls of
+the old prisons, but there they are, witnessing to the poor buried
+instincts that struggled up towards the light. That god of joyous
+expression our poor fathers ignorantly sought, our freedom has declared
+to us....
+
+In the old days the common ambition of every simple soul was to possess
+a little property, a patch of land, a house uncontrolled by others, an
+‘independence’ as the English used to put it. And what made this desire
+for freedom and prosperity so strong, was very evidently the dream of
+self-expression, of doing something with it, of playing with it, of
+making a personal delightfulness, a distinctiveness. Property was never
+more than a means to an end, nor avarice more than a perversion. Men
+owned in order to do freely. Now that every one has his own apartments
+and his own privacy secure, this disposition to own has found its
+release in a new direction. Men study and save and strive that they may
+leave behind them a series of panels in some public arcade, a row of
+carven figures along a terrace, a grove, a pavilion. Or they give
+themselves to the penetration of some still opaque riddle in phenomena
+as once men gave themselves to the accumulation of riches. The work
+that was once the whole substance of social existence—for most men
+spent all their lives in earning a living—is now no more than was the
+burden upon one of those old climbers who carried knapsacks of
+provisions on their backs in order that they might ascend mountains. It
+matters little to the easy charities of our emancipated time that most
+people who have made their labour contribution produce neither new
+beauty nor new wisdom, but are simply busy about those pleasant
+activities and enjoyments that reassure them that they are alive. They
+help, it may be, by reception and reverberation, and they hinder
+nothing. ...
+
+Section 10
+
+Now all this phase of gigantic change in the contours and appearances
+of human life which is going on about us, a change as rapid and as
+wonderful as the swift ripening of adolescence to manhood after the
+barbaric boyish years, is correlated with moral and mental changes at
+least as unprecedented. It is not as if old things were going out of
+life and new things coming in, it is rather that the altered
+circumstances of men are making an appeal to elements in his nature
+that have hitherto been suppressed, and checking tendencies that have
+hitherto been over-stimulated and over-developed. He has not so much
+grown and altered his essential being as turned new aspects to the
+light. Such turnings round into a new attitude the world has seen on a
+less extensive scale before. The Highlanders of the seventeenth
+century, for example, were cruel and bloodthirsty robbers, in the
+nineteenth their descendants were conspicuously trusty and honourable
+men. There was not a people in Western Europe in the early twentieth
+century that seemed capable of hideous massacres, and none that had not
+been guilty of them within the previous two centuries. The free, frank,
+kindly, gentle life of the prosperous classes in any European country
+before the years of the last wars was in a different world of thought
+and feeling from that of the dingy, suspicious, secretive, and
+uncharitable existence of the respectable poor, or the constant
+personal violence, the squalor and naïve passions of the lowest
+stratum. Yet there were no real differences of blood and inherent
+quality between these worlds; their differences were all in
+circumstances, suggestion, and habits of mind. And turning to more
+individual instances the constantly observed difference between one
+portion of a life and another consequent upon a religious conversion,
+were a standing example of the versatile possibilities of human nature.
+
+The catastrophe of the atomic bombs which shook men out of cities and
+businesses and economic relations shook them also out of their old
+established habits of thought, and out of the lightly held beliefs and
+prejudices that came down to them from the past. To borrow a word from
+the old-fashioned chemists, men were made nascent; they were released
+from old ties; for good or evil they were ready for new associations.
+The council carried them forward for good; perhaps if his bombs had
+reached their destination King Ferdinand Charles might have carried
+them back to an endless chain of evils. But his task would have been a
+harder one than the council’s. The moral shock of the atomic bombs had
+been a profound one, and for a while the cunning side of the human
+animal was overpowered by its sincere realisation of the vital
+necessity for reconstruction. The litigious and trading spirits cowered
+together, scared at their own consequences; men thought twice before
+they sought mean advantages in the face of the unusual eagerness to
+realise new aspirations, and when at last the weeds revived again and
+‘claims’ began to sprout, they sprouted upon the stony soil of
+law-courts reformed, of laws that pointed to the future instead of the
+past, and under the blazing sunshine of a transforming world. A new
+literature, a new interpretation of history were springing into
+existence, a new teaching was already in the schools, a new faith in
+the young. The worthy man who forestalled the building of a research
+city for the English upon the Sussex downs by buying up a series of
+estates, was dispossessed and laughed out of court when he made his
+demand for some preposterous compensation; the owner of the discredited
+Dass patents makes his last appearance upon the scroll of history as
+the insolvent proprietor of a paper called _The Cry for Justice_, in
+which he duns the world for a hundred million pounds. That was the
+ingenuous Dass’s idea of justice, that he ought to be paid about five
+million pounds annually because he had annexed the selvage of one of
+Holsten’s discoveries. Dass came at last to believe quite firmly in his
+right, and he died a victim of conspiracy mania in a private hospital
+at Nice. Both of these men would probably have ended their days
+enormously wealthy, and of course ennobled in the England of the
+opening twentieth century, and it is just this novelty of their fates
+that marks the quality of the new age.
+
+The new government early discovered the need of a universal education
+to fit men to the great conceptions of its universal rule. It made no
+wrangling attacks on the local, racial, and sectarian forms of
+religious profession that at that time divided the earth into a
+patchwork of hatreds and distrusts; it left these organisations to make
+their peace with God in their own time; but it proclaimed as if it were
+a mere secular truth that sacrifice was expected from all, that respect
+had to be shown to all; it revived schools or set them up afresh all
+around the world, and everywhere these schools taught the history of
+war and the consequences and moral of the Last War; everywhere it was
+taught not as a sentiment but as a matter of fact that the salvation of
+the world from waste and contention was the common duty and occupation
+of all men and women. These things which are now the elementary
+commonplaces of human intercourse seemed to the councillors of
+Brissago, when first they dared to proclaim them, marvellously daring
+discoveries, not untouched by doubt, that flushed the cheek and fired
+the eye.
+
+The council placed all this educational reconstruction in the hands of
+a committee of men and women, which did its work during the next few
+decades with remarkable breadth and effectiveness. This educational
+committee was, and is, the correlative upon the mental and spiritual
+side of the redistribution committee. And prominent upon it, and indeed
+for a time quite dominating it, was a Russian named Karenin, who was
+singular in being a congenital cripple. His body was bent so that he
+walked with difficulty, suffered much pain as he grew older, and had at
+last to undergo two operations. The second killed him. Already
+malformation, which was to be seen in every crowd during the middle
+ages so that the crippled beggar was, as it were, an essential feature
+of the human spectacle, was becoming a strange thing in the world. It
+had a curious effect upon Karenin’s colleagues; their feeling towards
+him was mingled with pity and a sense of inhumanity that it needed
+usage rather than reason to overcome. He had a strong face, with little
+bright brown eyes rather deeply sunken and a large resolute thin-lipped
+mouth. His skin was very yellow and wrinkled, and his hair iron gray.
+He was at all times an impatient and sometimes an angry man, but this
+was forgiven him because of the hot wire of suffering that was
+manifestly thrust through his being. At the end of his life his
+personal prestige was very great. To him far more than to any
+contemporary is it due that self-abnegation, self-identification with
+the world spirit, was made the basis of universal education. That
+general memorandum to the teachers which is the key-note of the modern
+educational system, was probably entirely his work.
+
+‘Whosoever would save his soul shall lose it,’ he wrote. ‘That is the
+device upon the seal of this document, and the starting point of all we
+have to do. It is a mistake to regard it as anything but a plain
+statement of fact. It is the basis for your work. You have to teach
+self-forgetfulness, and everything else that you have to teach is
+contributory and subordinate to that end. Education is the release of
+man from self. You have to widen the horizons of your children,
+encourage and intensify their curiosity and their creative impulses,
+and cultivate and enlarge their sympathies. That is what you are for.
+Under your guidance and the suggestions you will bring to bear on them,
+they have to shed the old Adam of instinctive suspicions, hostilities,
+and passions, and to find themselves again in the great being of the
+universe. The little circles of their egotisms have to be opened out
+until they become arcs in the sweep of the racial purpose. And this
+that you teach to others you must learn also sedulously yourselves.
+Philosophy, discovery, art, every sort of skill, every sort of service,
+love: these are the means of salvation from that narrow loneliness of
+desire, that brooding preoccupation with self and egotistical
+relationships, which is hell for the individual, treason to the race,
+and exile from God....’
+
+Section 11
+
+As things round themselves off and accomplish themselves, one begins
+for the first time to see them clearly. From the perspectives of a new
+age one can look back upon the great and widening stream of literature
+with a complete understanding. Things link up that seemed disconnected,
+and things that were once condemned as harsh and aimless are seen to be
+but factors in the statement of a gigantic problem. An enormous bulk of
+the sincerer writing of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth
+centuries falls together now into an unanticipated unanimity; one sees
+it as a huge tissue of variations upon one theme, the conflict of human
+egotism and personal passion and narrow imaginations on the one hand,
+against the growing sense of wider necessities and a possible, more
+spacious life.
+
+That conflict is in evidence in so early a work as Voltaire’s
+_Candide_, for example, in which the desire for justice as well as
+happiness beats against human contrariety and takes refuge at last in a
+forced and inconclusive contentment with little things. _Candide_ was
+but one of the pioneers of a literature of uneasy complaint that was
+presently an innumerable multitude of books. The novels more
+particularly of the nineteenth century, if one excludes the mere
+story-tellers from our consideration, witness to this uneasy
+realisation of changes that call for effort and of the lack of that
+effort. In a thousand aspects, now tragically, now comically, now with
+a funny affectation of divine detachment, a countless host of witnesses
+tell their story of lives fretting between dreams and limitations. Now
+one laughs, now one weeps, now one reads with a blank astonishment at
+this huge and almost unpremeditated record of how the growing human
+spirit, now warily, now eagerly, now furiously, and always, as it
+seems, unsuccessfully, tried to adapt itself to the maddening misfit of
+its patched and ancient garments. And always in these books as one
+draws nearer to the heart of the matter there comes a disconcerting
+evasion. It was the fantastic convention of the time that a writer
+should not touch upon religion. To do so was to rouse the jealous fury
+of the great multitude of professional religious teachers. It was
+permitted to state the discord, but it was forbidden to glance at any
+possible reconciliation. Religion was the privilege of the pulpit....
+
+It was not only from the novels that religion was omitted. It was
+ignored by the newspapers; it was pedantically disregarded in the
+discussion of business questions, it played a trivial and apologetic
+part in public affairs. And this was done not out of contempt but
+respect. The hold of the old religious organisations upon men’s respect
+was still enormous, so enormous that there seemed to be a quality of
+irreverence in applying religion to the developments of every day. This
+strange suspension of religion lasted over into the beginnings of the
+new age. It was the clear vision of Marcus Karenin much more than any
+other contemporary influence which brought it back into the texture of
+human life. He saw religion without hallucinations, without
+superstitious reverence, as a common thing as necessary as food and
+air, as land and energy to the life of man and the well-being of the
+Republic. He saw that indeed it had already percolated away from the
+temples and hierarchies and symbols in which men had sought to imprison
+it, that it was already at work anonymously and obscurely in the
+universal acceptance of the greater state. He gave it clearer
+expression, rephrased it to the lights and perspectives of the new
+dawn....
+
+But if we return to our novels for our evidence of the spirit of the
+times it becomes evident as one reads them in their chronological
+order, so far as that is now ascertainable, that as one comes to the
+latter nineteenth and the earlier twentieth century the writers are
+much more acutely aware of secular change than their predecessors were.
+The earlier novelists tried to show ‘life as it is,’ the latter showed
+life as it changes. More and more of their characters are engaged in
+adaptation to change or suffering from the effects of world changes.
+And as we come up to the time of the Last Wars, this newer conception
+of the everyday life as a reaction to an accelerated development is
+continually more manifest. Barnet’s book, which has served us so well,
+is frankly a picture of the world coming about like a ship that sails
+into the wind. Our later novelists give a vast gallery of individual
+conflicts in which old habits and customs, limited ideas, ungenerous
+temperaments, and innate obsessions are pitted against this great
+opening out of life that has happened to us. They tell us of the
+feelings of old people who have been wrenched away from familiar
+surroundings, and how they have had to make peace with uncomfortable
+comforts and conveniences that are still strange to them. They give us
+the discord between the opening egotisms of youths and the ill-defined
+limitations of a changing social life. They tell of the universal
+struggle of jealousy to capture and cripple our souls, of romantic
+failures and tragical misconceptions of the trend of the world, of the
+spirit of adventure, and the urgency of curiosity, and how these serve
+the universal drift. And all their stories lead in the end either to
+happiness missed or happiness won, to disaster or salvation. The
+clearer their vision and the subtler their art, the more certainly do
+these novels tell of the possibility of salvation for all the world.
+For any road in life leads to religion for those upon it who will
+follow it far enough....
+
+It would have seemed a strange thing to the men of the former time that
+it should be an open question as it is to-day whether the world is
+wholly Christian or not Christian at all. But assuredly we have the
+spirit, and as surely have we left many temporary forms behind.
+Christianity was the first expression of world religion, the first
+complete repudiation of tribalism and war and disputation. That it fell
+presently into the ways of more ancient rituals cannot alter that. The
+common sense of mankind has toiled through two thousand years of
+chastening experience to find at last how sound a meaning attaches to
+the familiar phrases of the Christian faith. The scientific thinker as
+he widens out to the moral problems of the collective life, comes
+inevitably upon the words of Christ, and as inevitably does the
+Christian, as his thought grows clearer, arrive at the world republic.
+As for the claims of the sects, as for the use of a name and
+successions, we live in a time that has shaken itself free from such
+claims and consistencies.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER THE FIFTH
+THE LAST DAYS OF MARCUS KARENIN
+
+
+Section 1
+
+The second operation upon Marcus Karenin was performed at the new
+station for surgical work at Paran, high in the Himalayas above the
+Sutlej Gorge, where it comes down out of Thibet.
+
+It is a place of such wildness and beauty as no other scenery in the
+world affords. The granite terrace which runs round the four sides of
+the low block of laboratories looks out in every direction upon
+mountains. Far below in the hidden depths of a shadowy blue cleft, the
+river pours down in its tumultuous passage to the swarming plains of
+India. No sound of its roaring haste comes up to those serenities.
+Beyond that blue gulf, in which whole forests of giant deodars seem no
+more than small patches of moss, rise vast precipices of many-coloured
+rock, fretted above, lined by snowfalls, and jagged into pinnacles.
+These are the northward wall of a towering wilderness of ice and snow
+which clambers southward higher and wilder and vaster to the
+culminating summits of our globe, to Dhaulagiri and Everest. Here are
+cliffs of which no other land can show the like, and deep chasms in
+which Mt. Blanc might be plunged and hidden. Here are icefields as big
+as inland seas on which the tumbled boulders lie so thickly that
+strange little flowers can bloom among them under the untempered
+sunshine. To the northward, and blocking out any vision of the uplands
+of Thibet, rises that citadel of porcelain, that gothic pile, the Lio
+Porgyul, walls, towers, and peaks, a clear twelve thousand feet of
+veined and splintered rock above the river. And beyond it and eastward
+and westward rise peaks behind peaks, against the dark blue Himalayan
+sky. Far away below to the south the clouds of the Indian rains pile up
+abruptly and are stayed by an invisible hand.
+
+Hither it was that with a dreamlike swiftness Karenin flew high over
+the irrigations of Rajputana and the towers and cupolas of the ultimate
+Delhi; and the little group of buildings, albeit the southward wall
+dropped nearly five hundred feet, seemed to him as he soared down to it
+like a toy lost among these mountain wildernesses. No road came up to
+this place; it was reached only by flight.
+
+His pilot descended to the great courtyard, and Karenin assisted by his
+secretary clambered down through the wing fabric and made his way to
+the officials who came out to receive him.
+
+In this place, beyond infections and noise and any distractions,
+surgery had made for itself a house of research and a healing fastness.
+The building itself would have seemed very wonderful to eyes accustomed
+to the flimsy architecture of an age when power was precious. It was
+made of granite, already a little roughened on the outside by frost,
+but polished within and of a tremendous solidity. And in a honeycomb of
+subtly lit apartments, were the spotless research benches, the
+operating tables, the instruments of brass, and fine glass and platinum
+and gold. Men and women came from all parts of the world for study or
+experimental research. They wore a common uniform of white and ate at
+long tables together, but the patients lived in an upper part of the
+buildings, and were cared for by nurses and skilled attendants....
+
+The first man to greet Karenin was Ciana, the scientific director of
+the institution. Beside him was Rachel Borken, the chief organiser.
+‘You are tired?’ she asked, and old Karenin shook his head.
+
+‘Cramped,’ he said. ‘I have wanted to visit such a place as this.’
+
+He spoke as if he had no other business with them.
+
+There was a little pause.
+
+‘How many scientific people have you got here now?’ he asked.
+
+‘Just three hundred and ninety-two,’ said Rachel Borken.
+
+‘And the patients and attendants and so on?’
+
+‘Two thousand and thirty.’
+
+‘I shall be a patient,’ said Karenin. ‘I shall have to be a patient.
+But I should like to see things first. Presently I will be a patient.’
+
+‘You will come to my rooms?’ suggested Ciana.
+
+‘And then I must talk to this doctor of yours,’ said Karenin. ‘But I
+would like to see a bit of this place and talk to some of your people
+before it comes to that.’
+
+He winced and moved forward.
+
+‘I have left most of my work in order,’ he said.
+
+‘You have been working hard up to now?’ asked Rachel Borken.
+
+‘Yes. And now I have nothing more to do—and it seems strange.... And
+it’s a bother, this illness and having to come down to oneself. This
+doorway and the row of windows is well done; the gray granite and just
+the line of gold, and then those mountains beyond through that arch.
+It’s very well done....’
+
+Section 2
+
+Karenin lay on the bed with a soft white rug about him, and Fowler, who
+was to be his surgeon sat on the edge of the bed and talked to him. An
+assistant was seated quietly in the shadow behind the bed. The
+examination had been made, and Karenin knew what was before him. He was
+tired but serene.
+
+‘So I shall die,’ he said, ‘unless you operate?’
+
+Fowler assented. ‘And then,’ said Karenin, smiling, ‘probably I shall
+die.’
+
+‘Not certainly.’
+
+‘Even if I do not die; shall I be able to work?’
+
+‘There is just a chance....’
+
+‘So firstly I shall probably die, and if I do not, then perhaps I shall
+be a useless invalid?’
+
+‘I think if you live, you may be able to go on—as you do now.’
+
+‘Well, then, I suppose I must take the risk of it. Yet couldn’t you,
+Fowler, couldn’t you drug me and patch me instead of all
+this—vivisection? A few days of drugged and active life—and then the
+end?’
+
+Fowler thought. ‘We are not sure enough yet to do things like that,’ he
+said.
+
+‘But a day is coming when you will be certain.’
+
+Fowler nodded.
+
+‘You make me feel as though I was the last of deformity—Deformity is
+uncertainty—inaccuracy. My body works doubtfully, it is not even sure
+that it will die or live. I suppose the time is not far off when such
+bodies as mine will no longer be born into the world.’
+
+‘You see,’ said Fowler, after a little pause, ‘it is necessary that
+spirits such as yours should be born into the world.’
+
+‘I suppose,’ said Karenin, ‘that my spirit has had its use. But if you
+think that is because my body is as it is I think you are mistaken.
+There is no peculiar virtue in defect. I have always chafed against—all
+this. If I could have moved more freely and lived a larger life in
+health I could have done more. But some day perhaps you will be able to
+put a body that is wrong altogether right again. Your science is only
+beginning. It’s a subtler thing than physics and chemistry, and it
+takes longer to produce its miracles. And meanwhile a few more of us
+must die in patience.’
+
+‘Fine work is being done and much of it,’ said Fowler. ‘I can say as
+much because I have nothing to do with it. I can understand a lesson,
+appreciate the discoveries of abler men and use my hands, but those
+others, Pigou, Masterton, Lie, and the others, they are clearing the
+ground fast for the knowledge to come. Have you had time to follow
+their work?’
+
+Karenin shook his head. ‘But I can imagine the scope of it,’ he said.
+
+‘We have so many men working now,’ said Fowler. ‘I suppose at present
+there must be at least a thousand thinking hard, observing,
+experimenting, for one who did so in nineteen hundred.’
+
+‘Not counting those who keep the records?’
+
+‘Not counting those. Of course, the present indexing of research is in
+itself a very big work, and it is only now that we are getting it
+properly done. But already we are feeling the benefit of that. Since it
+ceased to be a paid employment and became a devotion we have had only
+those people who obeyed the call of an aptitude at work upon these
+things. Here—I must show you it to-day, because it will interest you—we
+have our copy of the encyclopaedic index—every week sheets are taken
+out and replaced by fresh sheets with new results that are brought to
+us by the aeroplanes of the Research Department. It is an index of
+knowledge that grows continually, an index that becomes continually
+truer. There was never anything like it before.’
+
+‘When I came into the education committee,’ said Karenin, ‘that index
+of human knowledge seemed an impossible thing. Research had produced a
+chaotic mountain of results, in a hundred languages and a thousand
+different types of publication....’ He smiled at his memories. ‘How we
+groaned at the job!’
+
+‘Already the ordering of that chaos is nearly done. You shall see.’
+
+‘I have been so busy with my own work——Yes, I shall be glad to see.’
+
+The patient regarded the surgeon for a time with interested eyes.
+
+‘You work here always?’ he asked abruptly.
+
+‘No,’ said Fowler.
+
+‘But mostly you work here?’
+
+‘I have worked about seven years out of the past ten. At times I go
+away—down there. One has to. At least I have to. There is a sort of
+grayness comes over all this, one feels hungry for life, real, personal
+passionate life, love-making, eating and drinking for the fun of the
+thing, jostling crowds, having adventures, laughter—above all
+laughter——’
+
+‘Yes,’ said Karenin understandingly.
+
+‘And then one day, suddenly one thinks of these high mountains
+again....’
+
+‘That is how I would have lived, if it had not been for my—defects,’
+said Karenin. ‘Nobody knows but those who have borne it the
+exasperation of abnormality. It will be good when you have nobody alive
+whose body cannot live the wholesome everyday life, whose spirit cannot
+come up into these high places as it wills.’
+
+‘We shall manage that soon,’ said Fowler.
+
+‘For endless generations man has struggled upward against the
+indignities of his body—and the indignities of his soul. Pains,
+incapacities, vile fears, black moods, despairs. How well I’ve known
+them. They’ve taken more time than all your holidays. It is true, is it
+not, that every man is something of a cripple and something of a beast?
+I’ve dipped a little deeper than most; that’s all. It’s only now when
+he has fully learnt the truth of that, that he can take hold of himself
+to be neither beast nor cripple. Now that he overcomes his servitude to
+his body, he can for the first time think of living the full life of
+his body.... Before another generation dies you’ll have the thing in
+hand. You’ll do as you please with the old Adam and all the vestiges
+from the brutes and reptiles that lurk in his body and spirit. Isn’t
+that so?’
+
+‘You put it boldly,’ said Fowler.
+
+Karenin laughed cheerfully at his caution.... ‘When,’ asked Karenin
+suddenly, ‘when will you operate?’
+
+‘The day after to-morrow,’ said Fowler. ‘For a day I want you to drink
+and eat as I shall prescribe. And you may think and talk as you
+please.’
+
+‘I should like to see this place.’
+
+‘You shall go through it this afternoon. I will have two men carry you
+in a litter. And to-morrow you shall lie out upon the terrace. Our
+mountains here are the most beautiful in the world....’
+
+Section 3
+
+The next morning Karenin got up early and watched the sun rise over the
+mountains, and breakfasted lightly, and then young Gardener, his
+secretary, came to consult him upon the spending of his day. Would he
+care to see people? Or was this gnawing pain within him too much to
+permit him to do that?
+
+‘I’d like to talk,’ said Karenin. ‘There must be all sorts of
+lively-minded people here. Let them come and gossip with me. It will
+distract me—and I can’t tell you how interesting it makes everything
+that is going on to have seen the dawn of one’s own last day.’
+
+‘Your last day!’
+
+‘Fowler will kill me.’
+
+‘But he thinks not.’
+
+‘Fowler will kill me. If he does not he will not leave very much of me.
+So that this is my last day anyhow, the days afterwards if they come at
+all to me, will be refuse. I know....’
+
+Gardener was about to speak when Karenin went on again.
+
+‘I hope he kills me, Gardener. Don’t be—old-fashioned. The thing I am
+most afraid of is that last rag of life. I may just go on—a scarred
+salvage of suffering stuff. And then—all the things I have hidden and
+kept down or discounted or set right afterwards will get the better of
+me. I shall be peevish. I may lose my grip upon my own egotism. It’s
+never been a very firm grip. No, no, Gardener, don’t say that! You know
+better, you’ve had glimpses of it. Suppose I came through on the other
+side of this affair, belittled, vain, and spiteful, using the prestige
+I have got among men by my good work in the past just to serve some
+small invalid purpose....’
+
+He was silent for a time, watching the mists among the distant
+precipices change to clouds of light, and drift and dissolve before the
+searching rays of the sunrise.
+
+‘Yes,’ he said at last, ‘I am afraid of these anæsthetics and these fag
+ends of life. It’s life we are all afraid of. Death!—nobody minds just
+death. Fowler is clever—but some day surgery will know its duty better
+and not be so anxious just to save something . . . provided only that
+it quivers. I’ve tried to hold my end up properly and do my work. After
+Fowler has done with me I am certain I shall be unfit for work—and what
+else is there for me? . . . I know I shall not be fit for work....
+
+‘I do not see why life should be judged by its last trailing thread of
+vitality.... I know it for the splendid thing it is—I who have been a
+diseased creature from the beginning. I know it well enough not to
+confuse it with its husks. Remember that, Gardener, if presently my
+heart fails me and I despair, and if I go through a little phase of
+pain and ingratitude and dark forgetfulness before the end.... Don’t
+believe what I may say at the last.... If the fabric is good enough the
+selvage doesn’t matter. It can’t matter. So long as you are alive you
+are just the moment, perhaps, but when you are dead then you are all
+your life from the first moment to the last....’
+
+Section 4
+
+Presently, in accordance with his wish, people came to talk to him, and
+he could forget himself again. Rachel Borken sat for a long time with
+him and talked chiefly of women in the world, and with her was a girl
+named Edith Haydon who was already very well known as a cytologist. And
+several of the younger men who were working in the place and a patient
+named Kahn, a poet, and Edwards, a designer of plays and shows, spent
+some time with him. The talk wandered from point to point and came back
+upon itself, and became now earnest and now trivial as the chance
+suggestions determined. But soon afterwards Gardener wrote down notes
+of things he remembered, and it is possible to put together again the
+outlook of Karenin upon the world and how he thought and felt about
+many of the principal things in life.
+
+‘Our age,’ he said, ‘has been so far an age of scene-shifting. We have
+been preparing a stage, clearing away the setting of a drama that was
+played out and growing tiresome.... If I could but sit out the first
+few scenes of the new spectacle....
+
+‘How encumbered the world had become! It was ailing as I am ailing with
+a growth of unmeaning things. It was entangled, feverish, confused. It
+was in sore need of release, and I suppose that nothing less than the
+violence of those bombs could have released it and made it a healthy
+world again. I suppose they were necessary. Just as everything turns to
+evil in a fevered body so everything seemed turning to evil in those
+last years of the old time. Everywhere there were obsolete
+organisations seizing upon all the new fine things that science was
+giving to the world, nationalities, all sorts of political bodies, the
+churches and sects, proprietorship, seizing upon those treat powers and
+limitless possibilities and turning them to evil uses. And they would
+not suffer open speech, they would not permit of education, they would
+let no one be educated to the needs of the new time.... You who are
+younger cannot imagine the mixture of desperate hope and protesting
+despair in which we who could believe in the possibilities of science
+lived in those years before atomic energy came....
+
+‘It was not only that the mass of people would not attend, would not
+understand, but that those who did understand lacked the power of real
+belief. They said the things, they saw the things, and the things meant
+nothing to them....
+
+‘I have been reading some old papers lately. It is wonderful how our
+fathers bore themselves towards science. They hated it. They feared it.
+They permitted a few scientific men to exist and work—a pitiful
+handful.... “Don’t find out anything about us,” they said to them;
+“don’t inflict vision upon us, spare our little ways of life from the
+fearful shaft of understanding. But do tricks for us, little limited
+tricks. Give us cheap lighting. And cure us of certain disagreeable
+things, cure us of cancer, cure us of consumption, cure our colds and
+relieve us after repletion....” We have changed all that, Gardener.
+Science is no longer our servant. We know it for something greater than
+our little individual selves. It is the awakening mind of the race, and
+in a little while——In a little while——I wish indeed I could watch for
+that little while, now that the curtain has risen....
+
+‘While I lie here they are clearing up what is left of the bombs in
+London,’ he said. ‘Then they are going to repair the ruins and make it
+all as like as possible to its former condition before the bombs fell.
+Perhaps they will dig out the old house in St John’s Wood to which my
+father went after his expulsion from Russia.... That London of my
+memories seems to me like a place in another world. For you younger
+people it must seem like a place that could never have existed.’
+
+‘Is there much left standing?’ asked Edith Haydon.
+
+‘Square miles that are scarcely shaken in the south and north-west,
+they say; and most of the bridges and large areas of dock. Westminster,
+which held most of the government offices, suffered badly from the
+small bomb that destroyed the Parliament, there are very few traces of
+the old thoroughfare of Whitehall or the Government region thereabout,
+but there are plentiful drawings to scale of its buildings, and the
+great hole in the east of London scarcely matters. That was a poor
+district and very like the north and the south.... It will be possible
+to reconstruct most of it.... It is wanted. Already it becomes
+difficult to recall the old time—even for us who saw it.’
+
+‘It seems very distant to me,’ said the girl.
+
+‘It was an unwholesome world,’ reflected Karenin. ‘I seem to remember
+everybody about my childhood as if they were ill. They were ill. They
+were sick with confusion. Everybody was anxious about money and
+everybody was doing uncongenial things. They ate a queer mixture of
+foods, either too much or too little, and at odd hours. One sees how
+ill they were by their advertisements. All this new region of London
+they are opening up now is plastered with advertisements of pills.
+Everybody must have been taking pills. In one of the hotel rooms in the
+Strand they have found the luggage of a lady covered up by falling
+rubble and unburnt, and she was equipped with nine different sorts of
+pill and tabloid. The pill-carrying age followed the weapon-carrying
+age. They are equally strange to us. People’s skins must have been in a
+vile state. Very few people were properly washed; they carried the
+filth of months on their clothes. All the clothes they wore were old
+clothes; our way of pulping our clothes again after a week or so of
+wear would have seemed fantastic to them. Their clothing hardly bears
+thinking about. And the congestion of them! Everybody was jostling
+against everybody in those awful towns. In an uproar. People were run
+over and crushed by the hundred; every year in London the cars and
+omnibuses alone killed or disabled twenty thousand people, in Paris it
+was worse; people used to fall dead for want of air in the crowded
+ways. The irritation of London, internal and external, must have been
+maddening. It was a maddened world. It is like thinking of a sick
+child. One has the same effect of feverish urgencies and acute
+irrational disappointments.
+
+‘All history,’ he said, ‘is a record of a childhood....
+
+‘And yet not exactly a childhood. There is something clean and keen
+about even a sick child—and something touching. But so much of the old
+times makes one angry. So much they did seems grossly stupid,
+obstinately, outrageously stupid, which is the very opposite to being
+fresh and young.
+
+‘I was reading only the other day about Bismarck, that hero of
+nineteenth-century politics, that sequel to Napoleon, that god of blood
+and iron. And he was just a beery, obstinate, dull man. Indeed, that is
+what he was, the commonest, coarsest man, who ever became great. I
+looked at his portraits, a heavy, almost froggish face, with projecting
+eyes and a thick moustache to hide a poor mouth. He aimed at nothing
+but Germany, Germany emphasised, indurated, enlarged; Germany and his
+class in Germany; beyond that he had no ideas, he was inaccessible to
+ideas; his mind never rose for a recorded instant above a bumpkin’s
+elaborate cunning. And he was the most influential man in the world, in
+the whole world, no man ever left so deep a mark on it, because
+everywhere there were gross men to resonate to the heavy notes he
+emitted. He trampled on ten thousand lovely things, and a kind of
+malice in these louts made it pleasant to them to see him trample.
+No—he was no child; the dull, national aggressiveness he stood for, no
+childishness. Childhood is promise. He was survival.
+
+‘All Europe offered its children to him, it sacrificed education, art,
+happiness and all its hopes of future welfare to follow the clatter of
+his sabre. The monstrous worship of that old fool’s “blood and iron”
+passed all round the earth. Until the atomic bombs burnt our way to
+freedom again....’
+
+‘One thinks of him now as one thinks of the megatherium,’ said one of
+the young men.
+
+‘From first to last mankind made three million big guns and a hundred
+thousand complicated great ships for no other purpose but war.’
+
+‘Were there no sane men in those days,’ asked the young man, ‘to stand
+against that idolatry?’
+
+‘In a state of despair,’ said Edith Haydon.
+
+‘He is so far off—and there are men alive still who were alive when
+Bismarck died!’ . . . said the young man....
+
+Section 5
+
+‘And yet it may be I am unjust to Bismarck,’ said Karenin, following
+his own thoughts. ‘You see, men belong to their own age; we stand upon
+a common stock of thought and we fancy we stand upon the ground. I met
+a pleasant man the other day, a Maori, whose great-grandfather was a
+cannibal. It chanced he had a daguerreotype of the old sinner, and the
+two were marvellously alike. One felt that a little juggling with time
+and either might have been the other. People are cruel and stupid in a
+stupid age who might be gentle and splendid in a gracious one. The
+world also has its moods. Think of the mental food of Bismarck’s
+childhood; the humiliations of Napoleon’s victories, the crowded,
+crowning victory of the Battle of the Nations.... Everybody in those
+days, wise or foolish, believed that the division of the world under a
+multitude of governments was inevitable, and that it was going on for
+thousands of years more. It _was_ inevitable until it was impossible.
+Any one who had denied that inevitability publicly would have been
+counted—oh! a _silly_ fellow. Old Bismarck was only just a
+little—forcible, on the lines of the accepted ideas. That is all. He
+thought that since there had to be national governments he would make
+one that was strong at home and invincible abroad. Because he had fed
+with a kind of rough appetite upon what we can see now were very stupid
+ideas, that does not make him a stupid man. We’ve had advantages; we’ve
+had unity and collectivism blasted into our brains. Where should we be
+now but for the grace of science? I should have been an embittered,
+spiteful, downtrodden member of the Russian Intelligenza, a
+conspirator, a prisoner, or an assassin. You, my dear, would have been
+breaking dingy windows as a suffragette.’
+
+‘_Never_,’ said Edith stoutly....
+
+For a time the talk broke into humorous personalities, and the young
+people gibed at each other across the smiling old administrator, and
+then presently one of the young scientific men gave things a new turn.
+He spoke like one who was full to the brim.
+
+‘You know, sir, I’ve a fancy—it is hard to prove such things—that
+civilisation was very near disaster when the atomic bombs came banging
+into it, that if there had been no Holsten and no induced
+radio-activity, the world would have—smashed—much as it did. Only
+instead of its being a smash that opened a way to better things, it
+might have been a smash without a recovery. It is part of my business
+to understand economics, and from that point of view the century before
+Holsten was just a hundred years’ crescendo of waste. Only the extreme
+individualism of that period, only its utter want of any collective
+understanding or purpose can explain that waste. Mankind used up
+material—insanely. They had got through three-quarters of all the coal
+in the planet, they had used up most of the oil, they had swept away
+their forests, and they were running short of tin and copper. Their
+wheat areas were getting weary and populous, and many of the big towns
+had so lowered the water level of their available hills that they
+suffered a drought every summer. The whole system was rushing towards
+bankruptcy. And they were spending every year vaster and vaster amounts
+of power and energy upon military preparations, and continually
+expanding the debt of industry to capital. The system was already
+staggering when Holsten began his researches. So far as the world in
+general went there was no sense of danger and no desire for inquiry.
+They had no belief that science could save them, nor any idea that
+there was a need to be saved. They could not, they would not, see the
+gulf beneath their feet. It was pure good luck for mankind at large
+that any research at all was in progress. And as I say, sir, if that
+line of escape hadn’t opened, before now there might have been a crash,
+revolution, panic, social disintegration, famine, and—it is
+conceivable—complete disorder.... The rails might have rusted on the
+disused railways by now, the telephone poles have rotted and fallen,
+the big liners dropped into sheet-iron in the ports; the burnt,
+deserted cities become the ruinous hiding-places of gangs of robbers.
+We might have been brigands in a shattered and attenuated world. Ah,
+you may smile, but that had happened before in human history. The world
+is still studded with the ruins of broken-down civilisations. Barbaric
+bands made their fastness upon the Acropolis, and the tomb of Hadrian
+became a fortress that warred across the ruins of Rome against the
+Colosseum.... Had all that possibility of reaction ended so certainly
+in 1940? Is it all so very far away even now?’
+
+‘It seems far enough away now,’ said Edith Haydon.
+
+‘But forty years ago?’
+
+‘No,’ said Karenin with his eyes upon the mountains, ‘I think you
+underrate the available intelligence in those early decades of the
+twentieth century. Officially, I know, politically, that intelligence
+didn’t tell—but it was there. And I question your hypothesis. I doubt
+if that discovery could have been delayed. There is a kind of
+inevitable logic now in the progress of research. For a hundred years
+and more thought and science have been going their own way regardless
+of the common events of life. You see—_they have got loose_. If there
+had been no Holsten there would have been some similar man. If atomic
+energy had not come in one year it would have come in another. In
+decadent Rome the march of science had scarcely begun.... Nineveh,
+Babylon, Athens, Syracuse, Alexandria, these were the first rough
+experiments in association that made a security, a breathing-space, in
+which inquiry was born. Man had to experiment before he found out the
+way to begin. But already two hundred years ago he had fairly begun....
+The politics and dignities and wars of the nineteenth and twentieth
+centuries were only the last phoenix blaze of the former civilisation
+flaring up about the beginnings of the new. Which we serve.... ‘Man
+lives in the dawn for ever,’ said Karenin. ‘Life is beginning and
+nothing else but beginning. It begins everlastingly. Each step seems
+vaster than the last, and does but gather us together for the nest.
+This Modern State of ours, which would have been a Utopian marvel a
+hundred years ago, is already the commonplace of life. But as I sit
+here and dream of the possibilities in the mind of man that now gather
+to a head beneath the shelter of its peace, these great mountains here
+seem but little things....’
+
+Section 6
+
+About eleven Karenin had his midday meal, and afterwards he slept among
+his artificial furs and pillows for two hours. Then he awoke and some
+tea was brought to him, and he attended to a small difficulty in
+connection with the Moravian schools in the Labrador country and in
+Greenland that Gardener knew would interest him. He remained alone for
+a little while after that, and then the two women came to him again.
+Afterwards Edwards and Kahn joined the group, and the talk fell upon
+love and the place of women in the renascent world. The cloudbanks of
+India lay under a quivering haze, and the blaze of the sun fell full
+upon the eastward precipices. Ever and again as they talked, some vast
+splinter of rock would crack and come away from these, or a wild rush
+of snow and ice and stone, pour down in thunder, hang like a wet thread
+into the gulfs below, and cease....
+
+Section 7
+
+For a time Karenin said very little, and Kahn, the popular poet, talked
+of passionate love. He said that passionate, personal love had been the
+abiding desire of humanity since ever humanity had begun, and now only
+was it becoming a possible experience. It had been a dream that
+generation after generation had pursued, that always men had lost on
+the verge of attainment. To most of those who had sought it obstinately
+it had brought tragedy. Now, lifted above sordid distresses, men and
+women might hope for realised and triumphant love. This age was the
+Dawn of Love....
+
+Karenin remained downcast and thoughtful while Kahn said these things.
+Against that continued silence Kahn’s voice presently seemed to beat
+and fail. He had begun by addressing Karenin, but presently he was
+including Edith Haydon and Rachel Borken in his appeal. Rachel listened
+silently; Edith watched Karenin and very deliberately avoided Kahn’s
+eyes.
+
+‘I know,’ said Karenin at last, ‘that many people are saying this sort
+of thing. I know that there is a vast release of love-making in the
+world. This great wave of decoration and elaboration that has gone
+about the world, this Efflorescence, has of course laid hold of that. I
+know that when you say that the world is set free, you interpret that
+to mean that the world is set free for love-making. Down there,—under
+the clouds, the lovers foregather. I know your songs, Kahn, your
+half-mystical songs, in which you represent this old hard world
+dissolving into a luminous haze of love—sexual love.... I don’t think
+you are right or true in that. You are a young, imaginative man, and
+you see life—ardently—with the eyes of youth. But the power that has
+brought man into these high places under this blue-veiled blackness of
+the sky and which beckons us on towards the immense and awful future of
+our race, is riper and deeper and greater than any such emotions....
+
+‘All through my life—it has been a necessary part of my work—I have had
+to think of this release of sexual love and the riddles that perfect
+freedom and almost limitless power will put to the soul of our race. I
+can see now, all over the world, a beautiful ecstasy of waste; “Let us
+sing and rejoice and be lovely and wonderful.” . . . The orgy is only
+beginning, Kahn.... It was inevitable—but it is not the end of
+mankind....
+
+‘Think what we are. It is but a yesterday in the endlessness of time
+that life was a dreaming thing, dreaming so deeply that it forgot
+itself as it dreamt, its lives, its individual instincts, its moments,
+were born and wondered and played and desired and hungered and grew
+weary and died. Incalculable successions of vision, visions of sunlit
+jungle, river wilderness, wild forest, eager desire, beating hearts,
+soaring wings and creeping terror flamed hotly and then were as though
+they had never been. Life was an uneasiness across which lights played
+and vanished. And then we came, man came, and opened eyes that were a
+question and hands that were a demand and began a mind and memory that
+dies not when men die, but lives and increases for ever, an over-mind,
+a dominating will, a question and an aspiration that reaches to the
+stars.... Hunger and fear and this that you make so much of, this sex,
+are but the elementals of life out of which we have arisen. All these
+elementals, I grant you, have to be provided for, dealt with,
+satisfied, but all these things have to be left behind.’
+
+‘But Love,’ said Kahn.
+
+‘I speak of sexual love and the love of intimate persons. And that is
+what you mean, Kahn.’
+
+Karenin shook his head. ‘You cannot stay at the roots and climb the
+tree,’ he said....
+
+‘No,’ he said after a pause, ‘this sexual excitement, this love story,
+is just a part of growing up and we grow out of it. So far literature
+and art and sentiment and all our emotional forms have been almost
+altogether adolescent, plays and stories, delights and hopes, they have
+all turned on that marvellous discovery of the love interest, but life
+lengthens out now and the mind of adult humanity detaches itself. Poets
+who used to die at thirty live now to eighty-five. You, too, Kahn!
+There are endless years yet for you—and all full of learning.... We
+carry an excessive burden of sex and sexual tradition still, and we
+have to free ourselves from it. We do free ourselves from it. We have
+learnt in a thousand different ways to hold back death, and this sex,
+which in the old barbaric days was just sufficient to balance our
+dying, is now like a hammer that has lost its anvil, it plunges through
+human life. You poets, you young people want to turn it to delight.
+Turn it to delight. That may be one way out. In a little while, if you
+have any brains worth thinking about, you will be satisfied, and then
+you will come up here to the greater things. The old religions and
+their new offsets want still, I see, to suppress all these things. Let
+them suppress. If they can suppress. In their own people. Either road
+will bring you here at last to the eternal search for knowledge and the
+great adventure of power.’
+
+‘But incidentally,’ said Rachel Borken; ‘incidentally you have half of
+humanity, you have womankind, very much specialised for—for this love
+and reproduction that is so much less needed than it was.’
+
+‘Both sexes are specialised for love and reproduction,’ said Karenin.
+
+‘But the women carry the heavier burden.’
+
+‘Not in their imaginations,’ said Edwards.
+
+‘And surely,’ said Kahn, ‘when you speak of love as a phase—isn’t it a
+necessary phase? Quite apart from reproduction the love of the sexes is
+necessary. Isn’t it love, sexual love, which has released the
+imagination? Without that stir, without that impulse to go out from
+ourselves, to be reckless of ourselves and wonderful, would our lives
+be anything more than the contentment of the stalled ox?’
+
+‘The key that opens the door,’ said Karenin, ‘is not the goal of the
+journey.’
+
+‘But women!’ cried Rachel. ‘Here we are! What is our future—as women?
+Is it only that we have unlocked the doors of the imagination for you
+men? Let us speak of this question now. It is a thing constantly in my
+thoughts, Karenin. What do you think of us? You who must have thought
+so much of these perplexities.’
+
+Karenin seemed to weigh his words. He spoke very deliberately. ‘I do
+not care a rap about your future—as women. I do not care a rap about
+the future of men—as males. I want to destroy these peculiar futures. I
+care for your future as intelligences, as parts of and contribution to
+the universal mind of the race. Humanity is not only naturally
+over-specialised in these matters, but all its institutions, its
+customs, everything, exaggerate, intensify this difference. I want to
+unspecialise women. No new idea. Plato wanted exactly that. I do not
+want to go on as we go now, emphasising this natural difference; I do
+not deny it, but I want to reduce it and overcome it.’
+
+‘And—we remain women,’ said Rachel Borken. ‘Need you remain thinking of
+yourselves as women?’
+
+‘It is forced upon us,’ said Edith Haydon.
+
+‘I do not think a woman becomes less of a woman because she dresses and
+works like a man,’ said Edwards. ‘You women here, I mean you scientific
+women, wear white clothing like the men, twist up your hair in the
+simplest fashion, go about your work as though there was only one sex
+in the world. You are just as much women, even if you are not so
+feminine, as the fine ladies down below there in the plains who dress
+for excitement and display, whose only thoughts are of lovers, who
+exaggerate every difference.... Indeed we love you more.’
+
+‘But we go about our work,’ said Edith Haydon.
+
+‘So does it matter?’ asked Rachel.
+
+‘If you go about your work and if the men go about their work then for
+Heaven’s sake be as much woman as you wish,’ said Karenin. ‘When I ask
+you to unspecialise, I am thinking not of the abolition of sex, but the
+abolition of the irksome, restricting, obstructive obsession with sex.
+It may be true that sex made society, that the first society was the
+sex-cemented family, the first state a confederacy of blood relations,
+the first laws sexual taboos. Until a few years ago morality meant
+proper sexual behaviour. Up to within a few years of us the chief
+interest and motive of an ordinary man was to keep and rule a woman and
+her children and the chief concern of a woman was to get a man to do
+that. That was the drama, that was life. And the jealousy of these
+demands was the master motive in the world. You said, Kahn, a little
+while ago that sexual love was the key that let one out from the
+solitude of self, but I tell you that so far it has only done so in
+order to lock us all up again in a solitude of two.... All that may
+have been necessary but it is necessary no longer. All that has changed
+and changes still very swiftly. Your future, Rachel, _as women_, is a
+diminishing future.’
+
+‘Karenin?’ asked Rachel, ‘do you mean that women are to become men?’
+
+‘Men and women have to become human beings.’
+
+‘You would abolish women? But, Karenin, listen! There is more than sex
+in this. Apart from sex we are different from you. We take up life
+differently. Forget we are—females, Karenin, and still we are a
+different sort of human being with a different use. In some things we
+are amazingly secondary. Here am I in this place because of my trick of
+management, and Edith is here because of her patient, subtle hands.
+That does not alter the fact that nearly the whole body of science is
+man made; that does not alter the fact that men do so predominatingly
+make history, that you could nearly write a complete history of the
+world without mentioning a woman’s name. And on the other hand we have
+a gift of devotion, of inspiration, a distinctive power for truly
+loving beautiful things, a care for life and a peculiar keen close eye
+for behaviour. You know men are blind beside us in these last matters.
+You know they are restless—and fitful. We have a steadfastness. We may
+never draw the broad outlines nor discover the new paths, but in the
+future isn’t there a confirming and sustaining and supplying _rôle_ for
+us? As important, perhaps, as yours? Equally important. We hold the
+world up, Karenin, though you may have raised it.’
+
+‘You know very well, Rachel, that I believe as you believe. I am not
+thinking of the abolition of woman. But I do want to abolish—the
+heroine, the sexual heroine. I want to abolish the woman whose support
+is jealousy and whose gift possession. I want to abolish the woman who
+can be won as a prize or locked up as a delicious treasure. And away
+down there the heroine flares like a divinity.’
+
+‘In America,’ said Edwards, ‘men are fighting duels over the praises of
+women and holding tournaments before Queens of Beauty.’
+
+‘I saw a beautiful girl in Lahore,’ said Kahn, ‘she sat under a golden
+canopy like a goddess, and three fine men, armed and dressed like the
+ancient paintings, sat on steps below her to show their devotion. And
+they wanted only her permission to fight for her.’
+
+‘That is the men’s doing,’ said Edith Haydon.
+
+‘I _said_,’ cried Edwards, ‘that man’s imagination was more specialised
+for sex than the whole being of woman. What woman would do a thing like
+that? Women do but submit to it or take advantage of it.’
+
+‘There is no evil between men and women that is not a common evil,’
+said Karenin. ‘It is you poets, Kahn, with your love songs which turn
+the sweet fellowship of comrades into this woman-centred excitement.
+But there is something in women, in many women, which responds to these
+provocations; they succumb to a peculiarly self-cultivating egotism.
+They become the subjects of their own artistry. They develop and
+elaborate themselves as scarcely any man would ever do. They _look_ for
+golden canopies. And even when they seem to react against that, they
+may do it still. I have been reading in the old papers of the movements
+to emancipate women that were going on before the discovery of atomic
+force. These things which began with a desire to escape from the
+limitations and servitude of sex, ended in an inflamed assertion of
+sex, and women more heroines than ever. Helen of Holloway was at last
+as big a nuisance in her way as Helen of Troy, and so long as you think
+of yourselves as women’—he held out a finger at Rachel and smiled
+gently—‘instead of thinking of yourselves as intelligent beings, you
+will be in danger of—Helenism. To think of yourselves as women is to
+think of yourselves in relation to men. You can’t escape that
+consequence. You have to learn to think of yourselves—for our sakes and
+your own sakes—in relation to the sun and stars. You have to cease to
+be our adventure, Rachel, and come with us upon our adventures. ...’ He
+waved his hand towards the dark sky above the mountain crests.
+
+Section 8
+
+‘These questions are the next questions to which research will bring us
+answers,’ said Karenin. ‘While we sit here and talk idly and inexactly
+of what is needed and what may be, there are hundreds of keen-witted
+men and women who are working these things out, dispassionately and
+certainly, for the love of knowledge. The next sciences to yield great
+harvests now will be psychology and neural physiology. These
+perplexities of the situation between man and woman and the trouble
+with the obstinacy of egotism, these are temporary troubles, the issue
+of our own times. Suddenly all these differences that seem so fixed
+will dissolve, all these incompatibles will run together, and we shall
+go on to mould our bodies and our bodily feelings and personal
+reactions as boldly as we begin now to carve mountains and set the seas
+in their places and change the currents of the wind.’
+
+‘It is the next wave,’ said Fowler, who had come out upon the terrace
+and seated himself silently behind Karenin’s chair.
+
+‘Of course, in the old days,’ said Edwards, ‘men were tied to their
+city or their country, tied to the homes they owned or the work they
+did....’
+
+‘I do not see,’ said Karenin, ‘that there is any final limit to man’s
+power of self-modification.
+
+‘There is none,’ said Fowler, walking forward and sitting down upon the
+parapet in front of Karenin so that he could see his face. ‘There is no
+absolute limit to either knowledge or power.... I hope you do not tire
+yourself talking.’
+
+‘I am interested,’ said Karenin. ‘I suppose in a little while men will
+cease to be tired. I suppose in a little time you will give us
+something that will hurry away the fatigue products and restore our
+jaded tissues almost at once. This old machine may be made to run
+without slacking or cessation.’
+
+‘That is possible, Karenin. But there is much to learn.’
+
+‘And all the hours we give to digestion and half living; don’t you
+think there will be some way of saving these?’
+
+Fowler nodded assent.
+
+‘And then sleep again. When man with his blazing lights made an end to
+night in his towns and houses—it is only a hundred years or so ago that
+that was done—then it followed he would presently resent his eight
+hours of uselessness. Shan’t we presently take a tabloid or lie in some
+field of force that will enable us to do with an hour or so of slumber
+and rise refreshed again?’
+
+‘Frobisher and Ameer Ali have done work in that direction.’
+
+‘And then the inconveniences of age and those diseases of the system
+that come with years; steadily you drive them back and you lengthen and
+lengthen the years that stretch between the passionate tumults of youth
+and the contractions of senility. Man who used to weaken and die as his
+teeth decayed now looks forward to a continually lengthening,
+continually fuller term of years. And all those parts of him that once
+gathered evil against him, the vestigial structures and odd,
+treacherous corners of his body, you know better and better how to deal
+with. You carve his body about and leave it re-modelled and unscarred.
+The psychologists are learning how to mould minds, to reduce and remove
+bad complexes of thought and motive, to relieve pressures and broaden
+ideas. So that we are becoming more and more capable of transmitting
+what we have learnt and preserving it for the race. The race, the
+racial wisdom, science, gather power continually to subdue the
+individual man to its own end. Is that not so?’
+
+Fowler said that it was, and for a time he was telling Karenin of new
+work that was in progress in India and Russia. ‘And how is it with
+heredity?’ asked Karenin.
+
+Fowler told them of the mass of inquiry accumulated and arranged by the
+genius of Tchen, who was beginning to define clearly the laws of
+inheritance and how the sex of children and the complexions and many of
+the parental qualities could be determined.
+
+‘He can actually _do_——?’
+
+‘It is still, so to speak, a mere laboratory triumph,’ said Fowler,
+‘but to-morrow it will be practicable.’
+
+‘You see,’ cried Karenin, turning a laughing face to Rachel and Edith,
+‘while we have been theorising about men and women, here is science
+getting the power for us to end that old dispute for ever. If woman is
+too much for us, we’ll reduce her to a minority, and if we do not like
+any type of men and women, we’ll have no more of it. These old bodies,
+these old animal limitations, all this earthly inheritance of gross
+inevitabilities falls from the spirit of man like the shrivelled cocoon
+from an imago. And for my own part, when I hear of these things I feel
+like that—like a wet, crawling new moth that still fears to spread its
+wings. Because where do these things take us?’
+
+‘Beyond humanity,’ said Kahn.
+
+‘No,’ said Karenin. ‘We can still keep our feet upon the earth that
+made us. But the air no longer imprisons us, this round planet is no
+longer chained to us like the ball of a galley slave....
+
+‘In a little while men who will know how to bear the strange
+gravitations, the altered pressures, the attenuated, unfamiliar gases
+and all the fearful strangenesses of space will be venturing out from
+this earth. This ball will be no longer enough for us; our spirit will
+reach out.... Cannot you see how that little argosy will go glittering
+up into the sky, twinkling and glittering smaller and smaller until the
+blue swallows it up. They may succeed out there; they may perish, but
+other men will follow them....
+
+‘It is as if a great window opened,’ said Karenin.
+
+Section 9
+
+As the evening drew on Karenin and those who were about him went up
+upon the roof of the buildings, so that they might the better watch the
+sunset and the flushing of the mountains and the coming of the
+afterglow. They were joined by two of the surgeons from the
+laboratories below, and presently by a nurse who brought Karenin
+refreshment in a thin glass cup. It was a cloudless, windless evening
+under the deep blue sky, and far away to the north glittered two
+biplanes on the way to the observatories on Everest, two hundred miles
+distant over the precipices to the east. The little group of people
+watched them pass over the mountains and vanish into the blue, and then
+for a time they talked of the work that the observatory was doing. From
+that they passed to the whole process of research about the world, and
+so Karenin’s thoughts returned again to the mind of the world and the
+great future that was opening upon man’s imagination. He asked the
+surgeons many questions upon the detailed possibilities of their
+science, and he was keenly interested and excited by the things they
+told him. And as they talked the sun touched the mountains, and became
+very swiftly a blazing and indented hemisphere of liquid flame and
+sank.
+
+Karenin looked blinking at the last quivering rim of incandescence, and
+shaded his eyes and became silent.
+
+Presently he gave a little start.
+
+‘What?’ asked Rachel Borken.
+
+‘I had forgotten,’ he said.
+
+‘What had you forgotten?’
+
+‘I had forgotten about the operation to-morrow. I have been so
+interested as Man to-day that I have nearly forgotten Marcus Karenin.
+Marcus Karenin must go under your knife to-morrow, Fowler, and very
+probably Marcus Karenin will die.’ He raised his slightly shrivelled
+hand. ‘It does not matter, Fowler. It scarcely matters even to me. For
+indeed is it Karenin who has been sitting here and talking; is it not
+rather a common mind, Fowler, that has played about between us? You and
+I and all of us have added thought to thought, but the thread is
+neither you nor me. What is true we all have; when the individual has
+altogether brought himself to the test and winnowing of expression,
+then the individual is done. I feel as though I had already been
+emptied out of that little vessel, that Marcus Karenin, which in my
+youth held me so tightly and completely. Your beauty, dear Edith, and
+your broad brow, dear Rachel, and you, Fowler, with your firm and
+skilful hands, are now almost as much to me as this hand that beats the
+arm of my chair. And as little me. And the spirit that desires to know,
+the spirit that resolves to do, that spirit that lives and has talked
+in us to-day, lived in Athens, lived in Florence, lives on, I know, for
+ever....
+
+‘And you, old Sun, with your sword of flame searing these poor eyes of
+Marcus for the last time of all, beware of me! You think I die—and
+indeed I am only taking off one more coat to get at you. I have
+threatened you for ten thousand years, and soon I warn you I shall be
+coming. When I am altogether stripped and my disguises thrown away.
+Very soon now, old Sun, I shall launch myself at you, and I shall reach
+you and I shall put my foot on your spotted face and tug you about by
+your fiery locks. One step I shall take to the moon, and then I shall
+leap at you. I’ve talked to you before, old Sun, I’ve talked to you a
+million times, and now I am beginning to remember. Yes—long ago, long
+ago, before I had stripped off a few thousand generations, dust now and
+forgotten, I was a hairy savage and I pointed my hand at you
+and—clearly I remember it!—I saw you in a net. Have you forgotten that,
+old Sun? . . .
+
+‘Old Sun, I gather myself together out of the pools of the individual
+that have held me dispersed so long. I gather my billion thoughts into
+science and my million wills into a common purpose. Well may you slink
+down behind the mountains from me, well may you cower....’
+
+Section 10
+
+Karenin desired that he might dream alone for a little while before he
+returned to the cell in which he was to sleep. He was given relief for
+a pain that began to trouble him and wrapped warmly about with furs,
+for a great coldness was creeping over all things, and so they left
+him, and he sat for a long time watching the afterglow give place to
+the darkness of night.
+
+It seemed to those who had to watch over him unobtrusively lest he
+should be in want of any attention, that he mused very deeply.
+
+The white and purple peaks against the golden sky sank down into cold,
+blue remoteness, glowed out again and faded again, and the burning
+cressets of the Indian stars, that even the moonrise cannot altogether
+quench, began their vigil. The moon rose behind the towering screen of
+dark precipices to the east, and long before it emerged above these,
+its slanting beams had filled the deep gorges below with luminous mist
+and turned the towers and pinnacles of Lio Porgyul to a magic
+dreamcastle of radiance and wonder....
+
+Came a great uprush of ghostly light above the black rim of rocks, and
+then like a bubble that is blown and detaches itself the moon floated
+off clear into the unfathomable dark sky....
+
+And then Karenin stood up. He walked a few paces along the terrace and
+remained for a time gazing up at that great silver disc, that silvery
+shield that must needs be man’s first conquest in outer space....
+
+Presently he turned about and stood with his hands folded behind him,
+looking at the northward stars....
+
+At length he went to his own cell. He lay down there and slept
+peacefully till the morning. And early in the morning they came to him
+and the anæsthetic was given him and the operation performed.
+
+It was altogether successful, but Karenin was weak and he had to lie
+very still; and about seven days later a blood clot detached itself
+from the healing scar and travelled to his heart, and he died in an
+instant in the night.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE WORLD SET FREE ***
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
+United States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+ This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+ most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+ restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+ under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+ eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+ United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
+ you are located before using this eBook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that:
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+ to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+ agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+ Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+ within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+ legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+ payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+ Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+ Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+ Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+ copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+ all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+ works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+ any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+ receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
+widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+